Bosch GLM 150 C User Manual

Robert Bosch Power Tools GmbH

1 609 92A 62J

70538 Stuttgart
GERMANY

www.bosch-pt.com

1 609 92A 62J (2020.09) O / 71

GLM 150 C Professional

en Original instructions
zh 原始使用說明書
ko 사용 설명서 원본
th หนังสือคู่มือการใช้งานฉบับ

ต้นแบบ

id Petunjuk-Petunjuk untuk

Penggunaan Orisinal

vi Bản gốc hướng dẫn sử dụng

2 |

English . . .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. Page 10

繁體中文. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. . 頁 19

한국어 . ... .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. 페이지 28

ไทย. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. . .. . หน้า 37

Bahasa Indonesia. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. Halaman 49

Tiếng Việt . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Trang 58

1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020) Bosch Power Tools

| 3

Language

Tool Settings

Bluetooth

Settings

CAL

CAL

23.198 m

05.05.2017
7:26:12

30º

m

9.273

m

8.179

m

18.558

m

13.919

Length

GLM 150 C

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d) (e) (f)(g) (h)

(i)(j)(k) (m) (l) (n)

(j) (i) (o)

(9)

(10)

(11)

(12)

(13)

(2)

(2)

(1)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

(7)

(8)

(16)

(15)

(14)

(23)

(20)

(19)

(18)

(17)

(21)

(22)

(24)

Bosch Power Tools 1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020)

4 |

X

1

1

A

B

1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020) Bosch Power Tools

| 5

1

2

X

1

2

X

1

1

D

C

Bosch Power Tools 1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020)

6 |

1

X

3

1

3

2

Professional

GLM 120 C

2

90°

Professional

GLM 120 C

Professional

GLM 120 C

90°

Professional

GLM 120 C

L

1

L

3

L

2

H

Professional

GLM 120 C

Professional

GLM 120 C

E

F

1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020) Bosch Power Tools

| 7

m

0.500m2x

1.000

1

2

3

1x 0,5 m

2x 0,5 m

G

Bosch Power Tools 1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020)

8 |

90°

180°

180°

90°

180°

180º

90º

90º

180º

180º

H

1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020) Bosch Power Tools

(25)

(26)

(27)

1 608 M00 05B

2 607 001 391

BT 150
0 601 096 B00

| 9

Bosch Power Tools 1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020)

10 | English

English

Safety Instructions

All instructions must be read and observed
in order for the measuring tool to function
safely. The safeguards integrated into the

measuring tool may be compromised if the
measuring tool is not used in accordance with these in­structions. Never make warning signs on the measuring
tool unrecognisable. SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS FOR
FUTURE REFERENCE AND INCLUDE THEM WITH THE
MEASURING TOOL WHEN TRANSFERRING IT TO A THIRD
PARTY.

u Warning! If operating or adjustment devices other

than those specified here are used or other proced­ures are carried out, this can lead to dangerous expos­ure to radiation.

u The measuring tool is delivered with a laser warning

sign (marked in the illustration of the measuring tool
on the graphics page).

u If the text of the laser warning label is not in your na-

tional language, stick the provided warning label in
your national language over it before operating for the
first time.

Do not direct the laser beam at persons or
animals and do not stare into the direct or
reflected laser beam yourself. You could

blind somebody, cause accidents or damage
your eyes.

u If laser radiation hits your eye, you must close your

eyes and immediately turn your head away from the
beam.

u Do not make any modifications to the laser equip-

ment.

u Do not use the laser goggles (accessory) as protective

goggles. The laser goggles make the laser beam easier to
see; they do not protect you against laser radiation.

u Do not use the laser goggles (accessory) as

sunglasses or while driving. The laser goggles do not
provide full UV protection and impair your ability to see
colours.

u Have the measuring tool serviced only by a qualified

specialist using only original replacement parts. This
will ensure that the safety of the measuring tool is main­tained.

u Do not let children use the laser measuring tool unsu-

pervised. They could accidentally dazzle someone.

u Do not use the measuring tool in explosive atmo-

spheres which contain flammable liquids, gases or
dust. Sparks may be produced inside the measuring tool,

which can ignite dust or fumes.

u The measuring tool is equipped with a wireless inter-

face. Local operating restrictions, e.g. in aeroplanes
or hospitals, must be observed.

The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered trade­marks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such
marks by Robert Bosch Power Tools GmbH is under li­cense.

u Caution! Using the measuring tool with Bluetooth® can

cause faults to occur in other devices and systems,
aeroplanes and medical devices (e.g. pacemakers,
hearing aids). Also, damage to people and animals in
the immediate vicinity cannot be completely ex­cluded. Do not use the measuring tool with Bluetooth®
in the vicinity of medical devices, petrol stations,
chemical plants, areas with a potentially explosive at­mosphere and in blasting areas. Do not use the meas­uring tool with Bluetooth® on aeroplanes. Avoid using
the product near your body for extended periods.

Product Description and Specifications

Please observe the illustrations at the beginning of this oper­ating manual.

Intended Use

The measuring tool is intended for measuring distances,
lengths, heights, clearances and inclines, and for calculating
areas and volumes.

The measuring results can be transferred to other devices
via Bluetooth®.

The measuring tool is suitable for indoor and outdoor use.

Product features

The numbering of the product features shown refers to the il­lustration of the measuring tool on the graphic page.

Display

(1)

Measuring button [ ] (can be used at the front or

(2)

side)
Soft key [ ]

(3)
(4) Plus button [+]/Select to the right

Zoom button

(5)

Carrying strap lug

(6)

Measuring pin release button

(7)

Measuring pin

(8)
(9)

On/off/delete button [ ]
Viewfinder button

(10)
(11) Minus button [–]/Select to the left

Soft key [ ]

(12)
(13) Function button [Func]

Laser warning label

(14)

Serial number

(15)

Battery compartment cover

(16)

1/4" tripod socket

(17)

Reception lens

(18)

1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020) Bosch Power Tools

Laser beam output

(19)

Camera

(20)

Rotary lock

(21)

Batteries

(22)

Protective bag

(23)

Carrying strap

(24)

Laser target plate

(25)

Laser viewing glasses

(26)
(27)

A)

A)

Tripod

Accessories shown or described are not included with the
product as standard. You can find the complete selection of
accessories in our accessories range.

A)

A)

Display elements

Result line

(a)

Target display (crosshairs)

(b)

Display tilt angle

(c)

Date/time

(d)

Reference level of measurement

(e)

Connection status

(f)

Bluetooth® not activated

Bluetooth® activated, connection estab-

lished

Battery indicator

(g)

Measured value lines

(h)

Settings (soft key)

(i)

Selected measuring function

(j)

Internal memory (soft key)

(k)

Integrated help function (soft key)

(l)

Back (soft key)

(m)

Start screen (soft key)

(n)

Tool settings

(o)

Technical data

Digital laser
measure

Article number

Measuring range (typical) 0.08–150 m
Measuring range (typical,

unfavourable conditions)
Measuring accuracy (typ-

ical)
Measuring accuracy (typ-

ical, unfavourable condi­tions)

Smallest display unit 0.5 mm

Indirect distance measurement and level

Measuring range 0°–360° (4 x 90°)

Grade measurement

GLM 150 C

3 601 K72 F..

0.08–60 m

±1.5 mm

±3.0 mm

Digital laser
measure

Measuring range 0°–360° (4 x 90°)
Measuring accuracy (typ-

ical)
Smallest display unit 0.1°

General

Operating temperature -10 °C to +45 °C
Storage temperature -20 °C to +70 °C
Permitted charging temper-

ature range
Relative air humidity max. 90%
Max. altitude 2000 m
Pollution degree according

to IEC61010-1
Laser class 2
Laser type 650 nm, < 1mW
Laser beam diameter (at 25 °C) approx.
– 10m distance 9mm
– 100m distance 90mm
Automatic switch-off after approx.
– Laser 20 s
– Measuring tool (without

measurement)
Batteries 3 x 1.5 V LR6 (AA)
Weight according to EPTA-

Procedure 01:2014
Dimensions 142 (176) x 64 x 28 mm
Protection rating IP 54 (dust- and

Data transmission

Bluetooth® Bluetooth®

Operating frequency band 2402–2480 MHz

A)

B)

A)

B)

English | 11

GLM 150 C

C)D)E)

±0.2°

+5°C to +40°C

5 min

0.23 kg

splash-proof)

(4.2 Low Energy)

F)

G)

2

H)

I)

Bosch Power Tools 1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020)

12 | English

Digital laser

GLM 150 C

measure

Max. transmission power 8 mW

A) For measurements from the front edge of the measuring tool,

this applies for high reflectivity of the target (e.g. a white­painted wall), weak backlighting and 25°C operating temperat­ure. In addition, a deviation of ±0.05mm/m must be taken into
account.

B) For measurements from the front edge of the measuring tool,

this applies for high reflectivity of the target (e.g. a white­painted wall), and strong backlighting. In addition, a deviation
of ±0.15 mm/m must be taken into account.

C) After calibration at 0° and 90°. Additional pitch error of max.

±0.01°/degree up to 45°. The measurement accuracy refers to
the three orientations of the grade measurement calibration,

see figure H
D) At an operating temperature of 25 °C
E) The left-hand side of the measuring tool serves as the reference

level for grade measurement.
F) In continuous measurement mode, the max. operating temper-

ature is +40 °C.
G) non-conductive soiling only, whereby occasional temporary

conductivity caused by condensation is expected
H) The automatic switch-off time can be adjusted (to two, five, ten

minutes or never).
I) When using Bluetooth® Low Energy devices, it may not be pos-

sible to establish a connection depending on the model and op-

erating system. Bluetooth® tools must support the GATT profile.

The serial number (15) on the type plate is used to clearly identify
your measuring tool.

Fitting

Inserting/Changing the Batteries

It is recommended that you use alkaline manganese batter­ies to operate the measuring tool.

– Press the release button (7) and fold the measuring pin

(8) out by 180°.

– To open the battery compartment cover (16), fold the

rotary lock (21) upwards and turn it anti-clockwise by
one quarter-turn. Lift up the battery compartment cover
using the rotary lock. Insert the batteries. When inserting
the batteries, ensure that the polarity is correct according
to the illustration on the inside of the battery compart­ment.

u Take the batteries out of the measuring tool when you

are not using it for a prolonged period of time. The bat­teries can corrode and self-discharge during prolonged
storage.

u Note: TrackMyTools can only be used when batteries are

inserted.

Operation

Start-Up

u Never leave the measuring tool unattended when

switched on, and ensure the measuring tool is
switched off after use. Others may be dazzled by the

laser beam.

u Protect the measuring tool from moisture and direct

sunlight.

u Do not expose the measuring tool to any extreme tem-

peratures or variations in temperature. For example,
do not leave it in a car for extended periods of time. In
case of large variations in temperature, allow the measur­ing tool to adjust to the ambient temperature before put­ting it into operation. The precision of the measuring tool
may be compromised if exposed to extreme temperat­ures or variations in temperature.

u Avoid substantial knocks to the measuring tool and

avoid dropping it. Always carry out an accuracy check
before continuing work if the measuring tool has been
subjected to severe external influences (see "Accuracy
check of the distance measurement", page18).

u The measuring tool is equipped with a wireless inter-

face. Local operating restrictions, e.g. in aeroplanes
or hospitals, must be observed.

Switching On/Off

During work, ensure that the reception lens (18), the laser
beam output (19) and the camera (20) are not closed off or
covered, otherwise correct measurement will not be pos­sible.

– To switch on the measuring tool and the laser, briefly

press the front or side measuring button (2) [ ].

– To switch on the measuring tool without the laser, briefly

press the on/off/delete button (9) [ ].

u Do not direct the laser beam at persons or animals and

do not stare into the laser beam yourself (even from a
distance).

To switch off the laser, briefly press the on/off/delete but­ton (9) [ ].
To switch off the camera, press the viewfinder button (10).
To switch off the measuring tool, press and hold the on/off/
delete button (9) [ ].

The measured values and device settings in the memory are
retained when you switch the measuring tool off.

Camera

The camera (20) is switched on automatically when the
measuring tool is switched on for the first time. To switch it
off, press the viewfinder button (10).

The camera setting (on/off) is saved when the measuring
tool is switched off.

Optimising visibility of the laser point

Especially when using the measuring tool outdoors, in sun­light and also over long distances indoors, the laser point
may not be visible. The visibility of the laser point/measure­ment point can additionally be improved in order to connect
the camera by:

– Setting the display brightness (tool settings)
– Using the zoom by pressing the button (5).

1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020) Bosch Power Tools

English | 13

Measuring process

Once switched on, the measuring tool is in the length meas­urement function. For a different measuring function, press
the [Func] button (13). Use the [+] button (4) or the [–]
button (11) to select the required measuring function (see
"Measuring functions", page14). Activate the measuring
function with the [Func] button (13) or with the measuring
button (2) [ ].

Once the measuring tool has been switched on, the rear
edge of the measuring tool is selected as the reference level
for measurement. To change the reference level (see "Se­lecting the reference level (see figureA)", page13). Apply
the measuring tool to the point at which you want to start the
measurement (e.g. wall).

Note: If the measuring tool has been switched on using the
on/off/delete button (9) [ ], briefly press the measuring
button (2) [ ] to switch the laser on.
To initiate the measurement, briefly press the measuring

button (2) [ ]. Afterwards, the laser beam is switched off.
For a further measurement, repeat this process.

With the laser beam continuously switched on and when in
the continuous measurement function, the measurement be­gins the first time you press the measuring button (2) [ ].

u Do not direct the laser beam at persons or animals and

do not stare into the laser beam yourself (even from a
distance).

Note: The measured value typically appears within half a

second, and no later than approximately four seconds. The
duration of the measurement depends on the distance, the
lighting conditions and the reflective properties of the target
surface. Upon completion of the measurement, the laser
beam is automatically switched off. The continuously
switched-on laser beam is not switched off after the meas­urement (see "Continuous laser beam", page13).

Selecting the reference level (see figureA)

You can choose between four different reference levels for
the measurement:

– The rear edge of the measuring tool (e.g. when placing

against walls)

– The tip of the measuring pin (8) folded by 180° (e.g.

when measuring from a corner)

– The front edge of the measuring tool (e.g. when measur-

ing from a table edge)

– The centre of the thread (17) (e.g. for tripod measure-

ments)

The folding out and in of the measuring pin (8) by 180° is de­tected automatically and the appropriate reference level is
suggested. Confirm the setting by pressing the measuring
button (2) [ ].

Select the settings for the measuring tool using the [ ] soft
key (3). Use the [+] button (4) or the [–] button (11) to se­lect the reference level and confirm this by pressing the
[Func] button (13).

The rear edge of the measuring tool is automatically preset
as the reference level every time the measuring tool is
switched on.

Continuous laser beam

If necessary, you can switch the measuring tool to continu­ous laser beam operation. To do this, select the settings for
the measuring tool using the soft key (3) [ ]. Use the but­ton (4) [+] or the button (11) [–] to select the continuous
laser beam and confirm this by pressing the button (13)
[Func].

u Do not direct the laser beam at persons or animals and

do not stare into the laser beam yourself (even from a
distance).

In this setting, the laser beam remains switched on even
between measurements; measurement simply requires one
brief press of the measuring button (2) [ ].

The continuous laser beam can be switched off again in the
settings or automatically when the measuring tool is
switched off.

Settings menu

To enter the settings menu (i), briefly press the soft key (3)
[ ] or press and hold the button (13) [Func].

Use the button (4) [+] or the button (11) [–] to select the
required setting and confirm this by pressing the button
(13) [Func]. Select the required setting.

To exit the settings menu, press the on/off/delete button (9)
[ ] or the soft key (12) [ ].

Settings

Bluetooth®

Reference level

Timer function

Continuous laser beam

Grade measurement calibration

Target indicator calibration

Tool settings

Timer function

The timer function is useful when measuring in hard-to-reach
areas, for example, or when the measuring tool should be
kept stationary during measurement.

Select the timer function in the settings. Select the required
time period between triggering the timer and starting meas­urement and confirm by pressing the measuring button (2)
[ ] or the button (13) [Func].

Then press the measuring button (2) [ ] to switch on the
laser beam and focus on the target. Press the measuring but­ton (2) [ ] again to start the measurement. The measure­ment will begin after the set time period has expired. The
measured value is displayed in the result line (a).

Bosch Power Tools 1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020)

14 | English

ft/m

09.06.2017
13:20:23

0.0º

23.198 m

m

9.279
m

13.919
m

18.558

m

4.640

The time period between triggering the timer and starting
measurement is displayed in the status bar at the top.

Continuous measurement and minimum/maximum measure­ment are not possible with the timer function enabled.

The timer remains enabled until the measuring tool is
switched off or until the timer is switched off in the settings
menu.

Tool settings menu

Select the tool settings menu in the settings menu.
Use the button (4) [+] or the button (11) [–] to select the

required tool setting and confirm this by pressing the button
(13) [Func]. Select the required tool settings.

To exit the tool settings menu (o), press the on/off/delete
button (9) [ ] or the soft key (12) [ ].

Tool settings

Language
Time & date

Unit of measurement

Unit of measurement for angles

TrackMyTools

Tool information

Tone signals

Switch-off time

Dimmer

Display brightness

Display orientation

Setting the language

Select the "Language" option in the tool settings menu. Set
the required language and confirm this by pressing the
[Func] button (13) or the measuring button (2)[ ].

Setting the date and time

Select the "Time & date" option in the tool settings menu. Set
the date and time according to the instructions on the dis­play and confirm these by pressing the [ ] soft key (12).

Note: The date and time have to be reset after the batteries
are changed.

Changing the unit of measurement

Select the unit of measurement option in the tool settings
menu. The default unit of measurement is m (metres).

Set the required unit of measurement and confirm this by
pressing the button (13) [Func].

To exit the menu item, press the on/off/delete button (9) [
] or the soft key (3) [ ]. The selected tool settings remain
saved after you switch off the measuring tool.

Changing the unit of measurement of an angle

Select the option for setting the unit of measurement for
angles in the tool settings menu. The default unit of measure­ment for an angle is ° (degrees).

Set the required unit of measurement for angles and confirm
this by pressing the button (13) [Func].

To exit the menu item, press the on/off/delete button (9) [
] or the soft key (3) [ ]. The selected tool settings remain
saved after you switch off the measuring tool.

TrackMyTools

Select the "TrackMyTools" option in the tool settings menu.
Confirm the setting by pressing the [Func] button (13).

Initial activation is required. Data can only be transmitted us­ing a suitable app or computer program.

TrackMyTools can be deactivated again at any time.
The TrackMyTools setting (activated/deactivated) is saved

when the measuring tool is switched off.
Note: TrackMyTools can only be used when batteries are in-

serted. To activate TrackMyTools after changing the batter­ies, the measuring tool must be switched on briefly.

Display illumination

Select the dimmer option in the tool settings menu.
The display illumination is continuously switched on. If you

do not press any buttons, the display lighting is dimmed
after approximately 30seconds to preserve the battery.

The time until dimming starts can be adjusted (tool settings).
The brightness of the display can be adjusted to the sur-

rounding conditions in multiple increments (tool settings).

Measuring functions

Note: Integrated help function

Help in the form of an animation is saved in the measuring
tool for each measuring function. To access this, select the
button (13) [Func], the button (4) [+] or button (11) [−]
and then the soft key (3) [ ]. The animation shows you the
detailed procedure for the selected measuring function.

The animation can be stopped and started again at any time
using the soft key (3) [ ]. You can scroll forwards and
backwards using the button (4) [+] and button (11) [−].

Measuring length

Select the length measurement mode .
To switch on the laser beam, briefly press the measuring but-

ton (2) [ ].
To measure, briefly press the measuring button (2) [ ]. The

measured value will be shown at the bottom of the display.

Repeat the above-mentioned steps for each
subsequent measurement. The last measured
value is at the bottom of the display, the penul­timate measured value is above it, and so on.

Continuous measurement

In continuous measurement mode, the measuring tool can
be moved relative to the target, during which the measured
value will be updated every half a second. You can, for ex-

1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020) Bosch Power Tools

English | 15

09.06.2017
13:20:23

0.0º

max

min

m

m

1.291
m

11.623

11.623

09.06.2017
13:20:23

0.0º

43.050 m

2

m

4.640
m

9.279

09.06.2017
13:20:23

0.0º

m

4.640
m

9.279
m

13.919

599.276 m

3

09.06.2017
13:20:23

45º

m

37.116

45.0

26.245 m

09.06.2017
13:20:23

º

30º

32.852 m

m

48.873
m

56.335

35.5

09.06.2017
13:20:23

60º

m

153.104

60.0

76.552 m

ample, move a desired distance away from a wall while read­ing off the current distance at all times.

Select the continuous measurement mode .
To switch on the laser beam, briefly press the measuring but-

ton (2) [ ].
Move the measuring tool until the required distance value is

shown in the display below.

Briefly pressing the measuring button (2) [ ]
will interrupt the continuous measurement.
The current measured value will be shown at
the bottom of the display. The maximum and
minimum measured value appear above it.
Pressing the measuring button (2) [ ] once

more will start the continuous measurement again.
Continuous measurement automatically switches off after

fiveminutes.

Area measurement

Select the area measurement mode .
Then measure the width and length and height one after the

other as with a length measurement. The laser beam remains
switched on between the two measurements. The distance
to be measured flashes in the indicator for area measure­ment (see indicator element (j)).

The first measured value is shown at the top of
the display.

After the second measurement has been com­pleted, the area will be automatically calcu­lated and displayed. The end result is shown at
the bottom of the display, while the individual

measured values are shown above it.

Volume measurement

Select the volume measurement mode .
Then measure the width, length and depth one after the

other as with a length measurement. The laser beam remains
switched on between the three measurements. The distance
to be measured flashes in the indicator for volume measure­ment (see display element (j)).

The first measured value is shown at the top of
the display.

After the third measurement has been com­pleted, the volume will be automatically calcu­lated and displayed. The end result is shown at
the bottom of the display, while the individual

measured values are shown above it.

Indirect distance measurement

Select the indirect distance measurement mode . There
are four measuring functions available for the indirect dis­tance measurement, each of which is capable of determining
different distances.

The indirect distance measurement is used to determine dis­tances that cannot be measured directly, due to an obstacle
that would impede the path beam or the absence of a target
surface that could serve as a reflector. This measuring pro­cedure can only be employed vertically. Any horizontal devi­ation will lead to measurement errors.

Note: Indirect distance measurement is always less accurate
than direct distance measurement. For application-related
reasons, measuring errors can be greater than with direct
distance measurement. To improve the accuracy of meas­urement, we recommend the use of a tripod (accessory).
The laser beam remains switched on between the individual
measurements

a) Indirect height measurement (see figureB)

Select the indirect height measurement mode .
Ensure that the measuring tool is at the same height as the

lower measuring point. Then tilt the measuring tool around
the reference level and measure distance 1 as for a length
measurement (displayed as a red line).

Once the measurement is complete, the result
for the required distance X is displayed in the
result line (a). The measured values for dis­tance 1 and angle α can be found in the meas­ured value rows (h).

b) Double indirect height measurement (see figureC)

The measuring tool can indirectly measure all distances that
lie in the vertical level of the measuring tool. Select the

double indirect height measurement mode . Measure dis­tances 1 and 2 in succession as for a length measurement.

Once the measurement is complete, the result
for the required distance X is displayed in the
result row (a). The measured values for dis­tances 1 and 2 and angle α can be found in the
measured value rows (h).

Ensure that the reference level for the meas­urement (e.g. the rear edge of the measuring tool) remains
in exactly the same place for all the individual measurements
in a single measuring process.

c) Indirect length measurement (see figureD)

Select the indirect length measurement mode .
Ensure that the measuring tool is at the same height as the

required measuring point. Then tilt the measuring tool
around the reference level and measure distance 1 as for a
length measurement.

Once the measurement is complete, the result

for the required distance X is displayed in the

result row (a). The measured values for dis-

tance 1 and angle α can be found in the meas-

ured value row (h).

d) Trapezium measurement (see figureE)

The trapezium measurement can be used to determine the
length of a roof slope, for example.

Select the trapezium measurement .
Measure distances 1, 2 and 3 in succession as for a length

measurement. Ensure that the measurement of distance 3
begins exactly at the point where distance 1 ends and that
distances 2 and 3 are at right angles to distance 1.

Bosch Power Tools 1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020)

16 | English

09.06.2017
13:20:23

60º

m

3.624
m

2.456
m

4.872

4.356 m

09.06.2017
13:20:23

0.0º

m

2.500
m

3.899

m

12.558

31.395 m

2

m0.483

0.500m

1

0.81x

m0.500

0.500m1x

1° 2° 3°

88.0°

09.06.2017
13:20:23

30º

32.852 m

44

m

48.873
m

56.335

35.5

º

Once the final measurement is complete, the
result for the required distance X is displayed
in the result line (a). The individual measured
values can be found in the measured value
lines (h).

Wall area measurement (see figureF)

The wall area measurement is used to determine the sum of
multiple individual areas with a common height. In the illus­trated example, the total area of several walls that have the
same ceiling height H but different lengths L is to be determ­ined.

Select the wall area measurement mode .
Measure the ceiling height H as for a length measurement.

The measured value is displayed in the top measured-value
line. The laser remains switched on.

Then measure the length L1 of the first wall.
The area is automatically calculated and dis­played in the result line (a). The last measured
value for length can be found in the bottom
measured value line.(h). The laser remains
switched on.

Now measure the length L2 of the second wall. The individual
measured value displayed in the measured value line (h) is
added to the length L1. The sum of the two lengths (dis­played in the middle measured value line (h)) is multiplied
by the saved height H. The total area value is displayed in the
result line (a).

You can measure any number of lengths Lx, which will be
automatically added and multiplied by the height H. The re­quirement for a correct area calculation is that the first
measured length (for example the ceiling height H) is
identical for all sub-areas.

Stake out function (see figureG)

The stake out function repeatedly measures a defined length
(distance). These lengths can be transferred to a surface, for
example to enable material to be cut into pieces of equal
lengths or to install stud walls in a drywall construction. The
minimum adjustable length is 0.1 m and the maximum
length is 50 m.

Note: The distance from the marking is shown in the display
in the stake out function. The reference is not the edge of
the measuring tool.

Select the stake out function .
Use the button (4) [+] or the button (11) [–] to set the re-

quired length.
Begin the stake out function by pressing the measuring but-

ton (2) [ ] and slowly move away from the starting point.

The measuring tool continuously measures the
distance to the starting point. The defined
length and the current measured value are
thereby displayed. The lower or upper arrow
displays the shortest distance to the next or
last marking.

Note: When measuring continuously, you can set a meas­ured value as a defined length by pressing the measuring
button (2) [ ].

The left factor specifies how many times the
defined length has already been reached. The
green arrows on either side of the display in­dicate the reaching of a length for marking pur­poses.

Red arrows or red text indicate the actual value when the ref­erence is outside of the display.

Grade measurement/digital spirit level

Select the inclination measurement/digital spirit level .
The measuring tool automatically switches between two

states.

The digital spirit level is used to check the hori­zontal or vertical alignment of an object (e.g.
washing machine, refrigerator, etc.).

When the inclination exceeds 3°, the ball in the
display lights up red.

The bottom of the measuring tool is used as

the reference level for the digital spirit level.

Grade measurement is used to measure a
slope or incline (e.g. of stairs, railings, when
fitting furniture, laying pipes, etc.).

The left-hand side of the measuring tool serves
as the reference level for grade measurement.
If the display flashes during measurement, the

measuring tool has been tipped too heavily to the side.

Memory functions

The value or end result of each completed measurement is
automatically saved.

Memory value display

Maximum 50values (measured values) can be retrieved.
Select the memory function using the [ ] soft key(12).

The number of the memory value is shown at
the top of the display, the corresponding
memory value and the corresponding measur­ing function are shown at the bottom.

Press the [+] button(4) to browse forwards
through the saved values.

Press the [–] button(11) to browse backwards through the
saved values.

If there is no value available in the memory, "0.000" is
shown at the bottom of the display and "0" at the top.

The oldest value is located in position 1 in the memory, while
the newest value is in position 50 (when 50 memory values
are available). If a further value is saved, the oldest value in
the memory is always deleted.

Deleting the memory

To open the memory, press the [ ] soft key (12). Press
the [ ] soft key (3) as often as required to delete the saved
measurements in reverse order. To delete all the contents of
the memory, press the [ ] soft key (3) and the zoom but­ton (5) at the same time.

1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020) Bosch Power Tools

English | 17

2

09.06.2017
13:20:23

0.0º

55.049 m

2

m

2

51.300
m

3.749

+

Adding/subtracting values

Measured values or end results can be added or subtracted.

Adding values

The following example describes the addition of areas: De­termine an area as described in the section on area measure­ment (see "Area measurement", page15).

Press the button (4) [+]. The calculated area
and the + symbol will be displayed. Press the
measuring button (2) [ ] to start another area
measurement. Measure the area as described
in the section on area measurement (see "Area

measurement", page15). Once the second
measurement is completed, the result of the second area
measurement is displayed below. To show the end result,
press the measuring button (2) [ ] once more.

Note: In the case of a length measurement, the end result is
displayed immediately.

Subtracting values

To subtract values, press the button (11) [–]. The sub­sequent steps are the same as for the section on adding val­ues.

Deleting measured values

Briefly pressing the on/off/delete button (9) [ ] will delete
the last measured value in all measuring functions.

Bluetooth® interface

Transmitting data to other devices

The measuring tool is fitted with a Bluetooth® module which
enables wireless data transfer to certain mobile devices with
a Bluetooth® interface (e.g. smartphone, tablet).

Information about the system requirements for a Bluetooth®
connection can be found on the Bosch website at
www.bosch‑pt.com

u Further information can be found on the Bosch

product page.

When transmitting data by means of Bluetooth®, time lags
may occur between the mobile device and the measuring
tool. This can be due to the distance between the two
devices or the measurement object itself.

Activating the Bluetooth® interface for transmitting data to a mobile device

The Bluetooth® interface is activated in the settings. To activ­ate the Bluetooth® signal, press the button (4) [+]. Ensure
that the Bluetooth® interface is activated on your mobile
device.

The Bosch Measuring Master app is specially designed to ex­tend the range of functions of the mobile device and make
data easier to process. This can be downloaded from the re­spective store of the device.

The connection between the mobile device and the measur­ing tool is established after the Bosch application has star­ted. If multiple active measuring tools are found, select the
appropriate measuring tool using the serial number. You can

find the serial number (15) on your measuring tool's type
plate.

The connection status, as well as the active connection (f),
are shown in the display (1) of the measuring tool.

Deactivating the Bluetooth® interface

The Bluetooth® connection is deactivated in the settings. To
deactivate the Bluetooth® signal, press the button (11) [–]
or switch off the measuring tool.

Practical advice

u Further information can be found on the Bosch

product page.

u The measuring tool is equipped with a wireless inter-

face. Local operating restrictions, e.g. in aeroplanes
or hospitals, must be observed.

General advice

The reception lens (18), the laser beam output (19) and the
camera (20) must not be covered during measurement.

The measuring tool must not be moved while a measurement
is being taken. For this reason, place the measuring tool
against or on a firm surface whenever possible.

Influences on the measuring range

The measuring range depends on the lighting conditions and
the reflective properties of the target surface. For better vis­ibility of the laser beam in strong extraneous light, use the in­tegrated camera (20), the laser viewing glasses (26) (ac­cessory) and the laser target plate (25) (accessory) or
shade the target area.

Influences on the measurement result

Due to physical effects, the possibility of inaccurate meas­urements when measuring various surfaces cannot be ex­cluded. These include:

– Transparent surfaces (e.g. glass, water)
– Reflective surfaces (e.g. polished metal, glass)
– Porous surfaces (e.g. insulating materials)
– Structured surfaces (e.g. roughcast, natural stone).
If necessary, use the laser target plate (25) (accessory) on

these surfaces.
Inaccurate measurements are also possible where the laser

is pointed at target surfaces diagonally.
Layers of air at different temperatures and indirectly re-

ceived reflections can also influence the measured value.

Checking accuracy and calibrating the grade
measurement (see figureH)

Regularly check the accuracy of the grade measurement.
This is accomplished by means of a reverse measurement.
To do this, lay the measuring tool on a table and measure the
inclination. Turn the measuring tool by 180° and measure
the inclination again. The difference between the displayed
values must not exceed 0.3°.

Bosch Power Tools 1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020)

18 | English

In case of greater deviation, the measuring tool must be re­calibrated. To do so, select in the settings. Follow the
directions on the display.
We recommend that you perform an accuracy check and if
necessary a calibration of the measuring tool after extreme
temperature variations and after impact to the tool. After a
temperature variation, the measuring tool must acclimatise
for a while before calibration is performed.

Accuracy check of the distance measurement

You can check the accuracy of the measuring tool as follows:
– Choose a measuring section of approx. 3 to 10 m in

length that is permanently unchanged, the exact length of
which is known to you (e.g. room width, door opening).
The measurement should be performed under favourable
conditions, i.e. the measuring section should be indoors
with weak backlighting and the target area of the meas­urement should be smooth and reflect well (e.g. a white-

painted wall).
– Measure the section ten times in succession.
The deviation of the individual measurements from the mean

value must not exceed ±2mm over the entire measuring sec­tion in favourable conditions. Record the measurements in
order to be able to compare the accuracy later on.

Checking accuracy and calibrating the target indicator (crosshairs)

Check the accuracy of the alignment of the laser and target
indicator on a regular basis.

– Select a bright area at least five metres away with as little

illumination as possible (e.g. a white wall) as the target.
– Check whether the laser point is inside the target indic-

ator in the display.
If the laser point is not inside the target indicator, you must

recalibrate the target indicator.
To do so, select in the settings. Follow the directions on

the display.
For longer distances (of approx. more than five metres), a

target marker is also superimposed to mark the measuring
point.

Working with the tripod (accessory)

The use of a tripod is particularly necessary for larger dis­tances. Place the measuring tool with the 1/4" thread (17)
on the quick-release plate of the tripod (27) or a commer­cially available camera tripod. Tighten it using the locking
screw of the quick-release plate.

Set the reference level for measurements with a tripod in the
settings (tripod reference level).

Errors – Causes and Corrective Measures

Cause Corrective measures

Temperature warning flashes, measurement not pos­sible

The measuring tool is outside
the operating temperature of

-10 °C to +45 °C (in the con­tinuous measurement func­tion, up to +40 °C).

Display shows "ERROR"

Addition/subtraction of
measured values with differ­ent units of measurement.

Angle between laser beam
and target is too acute.

Target surface is too reflect­ive (e.g. mirror) or not re­flective enough (e.g. black
material), or ambient light is
too bright.

The laser beam output (19),
reception lens (18) or cam­era (20) are fogged up (e.g.
due to a rapid temperature
change).

Calculated value is larger
than +1,999,999 or smaller
than -999,999 m2/m3.

Display shows "CAL" and "ERROR"

The calibration of the grade
measurement has not been
carried out in the right order
or has not been carried out in
the correct positions.

The surfaces used for calib­ration were not precisely ho­rizontal or vertical.

The measuring tool has
moved or tilted when the
button was pressed.

Measurement result implausible

Target surface reflection not
distinct (e.g. water, glass).

The laser beam output (19),
reception lens (18) or cam­era (20) is covered.

Wait until the measuring tool
has reached operating tem­perature.

Only add/subtract measured
values with the same units of
measurement.

Increase the angle between
the laser beam and the tar­get.

Use the laser target plate
(25).

Wipe the laser beam output
(19), reception lens (18) or
camera (20) dry with a soft
cloth.

Divide the calculation into in­termediate steps.

Repeat the calibration ac­cording to the instructions
that appear on the display
and in the manual.

Repeat the calibration on a
horizontal or vertical surface
and check the surfaces be­forehand if necessary using a
spirit level.

Repeat the calibration and
hold the measuring tool still
against the surface when
pressing the button.

Cover the target surface.

Keep the laser beam output
(19), reception lens (18)
and camera (20) clear.

1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020) Bosch Power Tools

繁體中文 | 19

Cause Corrective measures

An incorrect reference level
has been set.

Obstruction in the path of the
laser beam.

Bluetooth® cannot be activated

Batteries too weak. Change the batteries

No Bluetooth® connection

There is a problem with the
Bluetooth® connection.

The measuring tool monitors for correct opera­tion in every measurement. If a defect is detec­ted, the display will indicate only the symbol
shown opposite. In this case, or if you are un-

able to rectify an error using the corrective
measures above, send the measuring tool to Bosch cus­tomer service via your dealer.

Select a reference level that
is appropriate for the meas­urement.

The laser point must be fully
on the target surface.

Switch Bluetooth® off and
back on again on the measur­ing tool and mobile device.

Check the application on
your mobile device.

Check whether Bluetooth® is
activated on your measuring
tool and mobile device.

Check whether your mobile
device has been overloaded.

Reduce the distance
between the measuring tool
and your mobile device.

Where possible, ensure that
there are no obstructions
(e.g. reinforced concrete,
metal doors) between the
measuring tool and your mo­bile device. Keep the equip­ment away from any sources
of electromagnetic interfer­ence (e.g. WiFi transmit­ters).

outlet aperture or camera using pointed objects, and do not
wipe over the reception lens, laser beam outlet aperture or
camera (risk of scratching).

If the measuring tool needs to be repaired, send it off in the
protective bag (23).

After-Sales Service and Application Service

Our after-sales service responds to your questions concern­ing maintenance and repair of your product as well as spare
parts. You can find explosion drawings and information on
spare parts at: www.bosch-pt.com
The Bosch product use advice team will be happy to help you
with any questions about our products and their accessor­ies.

In all correspondence and spare parts orders, please always
include the 10‑digit article number given on the nameplate
of the product.

Malaysia

Robert Bosch Sdn. Bhd.(220975-V) PT/SMY
No. 8A, Jalan 13/6
46200 Petaling Jaya
Selangor
Tel.: [phone]
Toll-Free: 1800 880188
Fax: [phone]
E-Mail: [e-mail]
www.bosch-pt.com.my

You can find further service addresses at:

www.bosch-pt.com/serviceaddresses

Disposal

Measuring tools, accessories and packaging should be re­cycled in an environmentally friendly manner.

Do not dispose of measuring tools or batteries
with household waste.

Only for AUS/NZ:

Supplier code ERAC000385

Maintenance and Service

繁體中文

Maintenance and Cleaning

Keep the measuring tool clean at all times.
Never immerse the measuring tool in water or other liquids.
Wipe off any dirt using a damp, soft cloth. Do not use any de-

tergents or solvents.
Clean the reception lens (18), laser beam outlet aperture

(19) and camera (20) particularly carefully: Ensure that
there is no dirt on the reception lens, the laser beam outlet
aperture or the camera. Only clean the reception lens, the
laser beam outlet aperture and the camera with cleaning
agents that are also suitable for camera lenses. Do not at­tempt to remove dirt from the reception lens, laser beam

Bosch Power Tools 1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020)

安全注意事項

為確保能夠安全地使用本測量工具，您
必須完整詳讀本說明書並確實遵照其內
容。若未依照現有之說明內容使用測量
工具，測量工具內部所設置的防護措施

可能無法發揮應有功效。謹慎對待測量
工具上的警告標示，絕對不可讓它模糊不清而無法
辨識。請妥善保存說明書，將測量工具轉交給他人
時應一併附上本說明書。

20 | 繁體中文

u 小心－若是使用非此處指明的操作設備或校正設

備，或是未遵照說明的操作方式，可能使您暴露
於危險的雷射光照射環境之下。

u 本測量工具出貨時皆有附掛雷射警示牌（即測量

工具詳解圖中的標示處）。

u 雷射警示牌上的內容若不是以貴國語言書寫，則

請於第一次使用前將隨附的當地語言說明貼紙貼
覆於其上。

請勿將雷射光束對準人員或動物，您本
人亦不可直視雷射光束或使雷射光束反
射。 因為這樣做可能會對他人眼睛產生

眩光，進而引發意外事故或使眼睛受到
傷害。

u 萬一雷射光不小心掃向眼睛，應立刻閉上眼睛並

立刻將頭轉離光束範圍。

u 請勿對本雷射裝備進行任何改造。
u 請勿將雷射眼鏡當作護目鏡（配件）使用。雷射

眼鏡是用來讓您看清楚雷射光束：但它對於雷射
光照射並沒有保護作用。

u 請勿將雷射眼鏡當作護目鏡（配件）使用，或在

道路上行進間使用。雷射眼鏡無法完全阻隔紫外
線，而且還會降低您對於色差的感知能力。

u 本測量工具僅可交由合格的專業技師以原廠替換

零件進行維修。如此才能夠確保本測量工具的安
全性能。

u 不可放任兒童在無人監督之下使用本雷射測量工

具。他們可能會不小心對他人眼睛產生眩光

u 請不要在存有易燃液體、氣體或粉塵等易爆環境

下操作本測量工具。測量工具內部產生的火花會
點燃粉塵或氣體。

u 本測量工具配備無線介面。請您務必遵守不同場

所的使用限制條件，例如在飛機或醫院內。

Bluetooth

® 一詞及其標誌（商標）為 Bluetooth

SIG, Inc. 所擁有之註冊商標。Robert Bosch
Power Tools GmbH 對於此詞彙／標誌之任何使用
均已取得授權。

u 小心！使用測量工具時若開啟

Bluetooth

®（藍

牙）功能，將可能對其他裝置或設備、飛機以及

醫療器材（例如心律調節器、助聽器等）產生干
擾。同樣亦無法完全排除對鄰近之人員或動物造
成身體危害的可能性。請勿在醫療器材、加油
站、化學設備、爆炸危險場所以及易爆環境等處
附近，使用測量工具的
在飛機上使用測量工具的

Bluetooth

Bluetooth

® 功能。請勿

® 功能。應

避免直接貼靠在身體部位旁的長時間持續操作。

產品和規格

請留意操作說明書中最前面的圖示。

依規定使用機器

該測量工具是用來測量距離、長度、高度、間距、
傾角，並具有計算面積及體積之功能。

測量結果可透過
本測量工具可同時適用於室內及戶外應用。

Bluetooth®

功能傳送至其他裝置。

插圖上的機件

機件的編號和儀器詳解圖上的編號一致。

(1) 螢幕
(2) 測量按鈕 [ ]（可用於前方或側面）
(3) 螢幕按鈕 [ ]
(4) 加號按鈕 [+]／選擇向右
(5) 縮放按鈕
(6) 腕帶繫座
(7) 測量針頭解扣鈕
(8) 測量針頭
(9)

電源開關／刪除鈕 [ ]

(10) 標靶指示鈕
(11) 減號按鈕 [−]／選擇向左
(12) 螢幕按鈕 [ ]
(13) 功能按鈕 [Func]
(14) 雷射警示牌
(15) 序號
(16) 電池盒蓋
(17) 供三腳架使用的 1/4" 螺紋孔
(18) 接收點
(19) 雷射光束出口
(20) 攝影鏡頭
(21) 轉鎖
(22) 電池
(23) 保護套袋
(24) 腕帶
(25) 雷射標靶
(26) 雷射眼鏡
(27) 三腳架

A) 圖表或說明上提到的配件，並不包含在基本的供貨範圍

中。本公司的配件清單中有完整的配件供應項目。

指示器元件

(a) 測量結果顯示列
(b) 標靶指示（十字交叉線）
(c) 傾角指示器
(d) 日期／時間
(e) 測量基準點
(f) 連線狀態

(g) 電池電量指示器
(h) 測量值顯示列
(i) 設定（螢幕按鈕）
(j) 所選的測量功能
(k) 內部記憶體（螢幕按鈕）
(l) 整合式輔助說明功能（螢幕按鈕）
(m) 返回（螢幕按鈕）

A)

A)

A)

Bluetooth®

Bluetooth®

連線

功能未啟用

功能已啟用，已成功

1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020) Bosch Power Tools

繁體中文 | 21

(n) 起始畫面（螢幕按鈕）
(o) 裝置設定

技術性數據

數位式雷射
測距儀

產品機號
測量範圍（標準值）
測量範圍（標準值，在

不利條件下）
測量準確度（標準值）
測量準確度（標準值，

在不利條件下）
最小顯示單位

間接距離測量和水平面

測量範圍

傾角測量

測量範圍
測量準確度（標準值）
最小顯示單位

一般資訊

操作溫度
儲藏溫度範圍
容許的充電溫度範圍
空氣相對濕度最大值
從基準點高度算起的最

大可測量高度
依照 IEC61010-1，污

染等級為
雷射等級
雷射種類
雷射光束直徑（當 25 °C 時）約略值
– 距離為 10m
– 距離為 100m
自動關機的執行時間點
– 雷射
– 測量工具（未進行測

量）
電池
重量符合 EPTA-

Procedure 01:2014
尺寸
防護等級

資料傳輸

Bluetooth®

工作頻率範圍

3 x 1.5 V LR6 (AA)

142 (176) x 64 x 28 mm

（4.2 低功耗）

2402 – 2480 MHz

GLM 150 C

3 601 K72 F..

0.08–150 m

0.08–60 m

±1.5 mm
±3.0 mm

0.5 mm

0°–360° (4x90°)

0°–360° (4x90°)

C)D)E)

±0.2°

0.1°

–10 °C ...+45°C

–20 °C ...+70 °C

+5 °C...+40 °C

90 %

2000 m

650 nm, < 1mW

9mm

90mm

20 秒

5 分鐘

0.23 kg

IP 54（防塵

防潑濺）

Bluetooth®

數位式雷射
測距儀

最大發射功率

A) 以測量工具前緣為測量起點、目標物反射率高（例如白

漆牆）、背景照明微弱、操作溫度為 25 °C。應額外再
將誤差 ±0.05mm/m 列入計算。

B) 以測量工具前緣為測量起點，適用於高反射率目標物

（例如白漆牆）、背景照明亮度強。應額外再將誤差 ±

A)

B)

A)

B)

0.15 mm/m 列入計算。

C) 完成 0° 及 90° 校正。45° 以下必須另外加上每度最大

±0.01° 的螺距誤差。此一測量準確度涉及三定向的傾
角測量校正，請參閱圖 H

D) 在操作溫度 25°C 下
E) 測量工具的左側為傾角測量的基準點。
F) 使用連續測量功能時的操作溫度最高為 +40 °C。
G) 只產生非傳導性污染，但應預期偶爾因水氣凝結而導致

暫時性導電
H) 可調整自動關機時間（2、5、10 分鐘或永不）。
I) 具有

Bluetooth®

作業系統，可能會有無法建立連線之情形。

Bluetooth®

從產品銘牌的序號 (15) 即可確定您的測量工具機型。

低功耗功能之工具裝置，視其機型和

裝置必須支援 GATT 模式。

安裝

裝入／更換拋棄式電池

建議使用鹼錳電池來驅動本測量工具。

F)

– 按壓解扣鈕 (7)，然後將測量針頭 (8)旋轉 180°

翻出。

– 若要打開電池盒蓋 (16)，請將轉鎖 (21) 往上

翻，接著將它逆時針旋轉四分之一圈。從轉鎖處
掀開電池盒蓋。裝入電池。此時請您注意是否有
依照電池盒內側上的電極標示正確放入。

u 長時間不使用時，請將測量工具裡的電池取出。

G)

2

2

電池可能因長時間存放不使用而自行放電。

u 提示：裝入電池時才能使用 TrackMyTools 功

能。

操作

操作機器

u 不可放任啟動的測量工具無人看管，使用完畢後

請關閉測量工具電源。雷射可能會對旁人的眼睛

H)

I)

產生眩光。

u 不可以讓濕氣滲入儀器中，也不可以讓陽光直接

照射在儀器上。

u 勿讓測量工具暴露於極端溫度或溫度劇烈變化的

環境。例如請勿將它長時間放在車內。測量工具
歷經較大溫度起伏時，請先讓它回溫後再使用。
如果儀器曝露在極端溫度下或溫差較大的環境
中，會影響儀器的測量準確度。

u 測量工具須避免猛力碰撞或翻倒。測量工具遭受

外力衝擊後，一律必須先檢查其精準度，確認後
才能繼續使用(參見 「檢查距離測量的準確度」,
頁26)。

u 本測量工具配備無線介面。請您務必遵守不同場

所的使用限制條件，例如在飛機或醫院內。

GLM 150 C

8 mW

Bosch Power Tools 1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020)

22 | 繁體中文

啟動／關閉

作業期間請注意：不可堵住或遮蓋到接收點 (18)、
雷射光束出口 (19)以及攝影鏡頭 (20)，否則將無法
正確進行測量。

– 若要將測量工具開機並同時啟動雷射功能，請短

按一下前面或側面的測量按鈕 (2) [ ]。

– 若要將測量工具開機但關閉雷射功能，請短按一

下電源開關／刪除鈕 (9) [ ]。

u 雷射光束不可以對準人或動物，操作人本身也不

要直視光束，即使和光束相距甚遠也不可以做上

述動作。
若要關閉雷射功能，請短按一下電源開關／刪除鈕
(9) [ ]。

若要關閉攝影鏡頭，請按一下標靶指示鈕 (10)。
若要關閉測量工具，請按住電源開關／刪除鈕 (9)
[ ]。

即使測量工具已關機，記憶體中的測量值及裝置設
定將繼續留存。

攝影鏡頭

測量工具初次開機時，將自動啟動攝影鏡頭 (20)。
若要關閉，請按一下標靶指示鈕 (10)。

系統將於測量工具關機時儲存攝影鏡頭的（開／
關）設定。

將雷射點調至最佳能見度

尤其是在空曠處、陽光照射環境下使用測量工具，
或是在室內測量距離相隔較長時，您可能會看不到
雷射點。除了打開攝影鏡頭以外，還可透過以下方
式增強雷射點／測量目標位置的能見度：

– 設定螢幕亮度（裝置設定）
– 使用按鈕 (5) 進行縮放。

測量流程

測量工具開機後的模式為長度測量功能。如欲使用
其他測量功能，按一下按鈕 (13)[Func]。利用按鈕
(4) [+] 或按鈕 (11) [–] 選擇所需測量功能(參見
「測量功能」, 頁23)。若要啟用該測量功能，請
按一下按鈕 (13)[Func] 或測量按鈕 (2) [ ]。

啟動後，測量工具後緣即被選取做為測量基準點。
若要切換基準點(參見 「選擇基準點（請參考
圖A）」, 頁22)。將測量工具置於所需的測量起
點上（例如：牆壁）。

提示： 利用電源開關／刪除鈕 (9) [ ] 開啟測距儀
後，按一下測量按鈕 (2) [ ] 即可啟動雷射功能。

短按一下測量按鈕 (2) [ ] 即可開始測量。隨後，
雷射光束即自動關閉。若要進行另一次測量，請重
複此程序。

測距儀設為雷射光束常亮並使用連續測量功能時，
只需在測量按鈕 (2)[ ]。

u 雷射光束不可以對準人或動物，操作人本身也不

要直視光束，即使和光束相距甚遠也不可以做上

述動作。
提示：原則上 0.5秒鐘內就會出現測量值，最遲為

4秒鐘左右。測量時間取決於距離、光線情況和目
標物表面的反射特性。結束測量後，雷射光束會自

動關閉。結束測量後，常亮狀態下的雷射光束並不
會關閉(參見 「雷射光束常亮」, 頁22)。

選擇基準點（請參考圖A）

共有四個不同的測量基準點供您選擇：
– 測量工具後緣（例如貼靠在牆面上時）、
– 旋轉 180° 後翻出的測量針頭 (8)（例如：從角落

測量）、

– 測量工具前緣（例如：以桌緣做為測量起點）、
– 螺紋孔中心點 (17)（例如：使用三腳架進行測

量）

系統會自動偵測測量針頭 (8) 是旋轉 180° 翻出或
為收回狀態，並建議相關基準點。按一下測量按鈕
(2) [ ] 以確認您的設定。

利用螢幕按鈕 (3) [ ] 選取測量工具的設定選項。
利用按鈕 (4) [+] 或按鈕 (11) [–] 選擇基準點，然
後再按一下按鈕 (13)[Func] 以確認您的設定。

測量工具每次啟動之後自動以測量工具後緣為預設
基準點。

雷射光束常亮

您可以按需求將測量工具改設為雷射光束常亮。此
時需利用螢幕按鈕 (3) [ ] 選取測量工具的設定選
項。利用按鈕 (4) [+] 或按鈕 (11) [–] 選擇雷射光
束常亮，再按一下按鈕 (13) [Func] 以確認您的設
定。

u 雷射光束不可以對準人或動物，操作人本身也不

要直視光束，即使和光束相距甚遠也不可以做上
述動作。

若是選用此項設定，則在兩次測量的間隔時間裡雷
射光束也會保持開啟，您只需短按一次測量按鈕 (2)
[ ] 即可進行測量。

若需關閉「雷射光束常亮」，請回到該項設定，或
者關閉測量工具電源時此項功能也會自動關閉。

「設定」功能表

若要進入「設定」功能表 (i)，請短按一下螢幕按鈕
(3) [ ] 或按住按鈕 (13) [Func] 不放。

利用按鈕 (4) [+] 或按鈕 (11) [−] 選擇所需設定，
然後再按一下按鈕 (13) [Func] 以確認您的設定。
請您選擇所需設定。

若要離開「設定」功能表，請按一下電源開關／刪
除鈕 (9) [ ] 或螢幕按鈕 (12) [ ]。

設定

Bluetooth®

基準點

定時功能
雷射光束常亮

校正傾角測量
校正標靶指示

1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020) Bosch Power Tools

設定

ft/m

裝置設定

定時功能

例如當您在難以觸及的位置上進行測量時或想避免
測量工具在測量期間晃動，此一定時功能就可發揮
很大的功效。

請到設定中選取此定時功能。請選取觸發測量前的
所需時間間隔，然後按一下測量按鈕 (2) [ ] 或按
鈕 (13) [Func] 以確認您的設定。

接著再按一下測量按鈕 (2)[ ]，以便啟動雷射光束
並確認計時時間。再按一下測量按鈕 (2) [ ]，以便
觸開測量程序。將於所選的時間間隔之後，開始進
行測量。測量值將出現在測量結果顯示列 (a)。

觸發至真正開始執行測量之間的這段時間，狀態列
中的上方將顯示時間間隔。

設定了定時功能之後，便無法進行連續測量以及最
小值測量／最大值測量。

關閉測量工具電源或到設定功能表裡關閉定時器之
前，定時器將保有原來的設定。

「裝置設定」功能表

請到「設定」功能表中，選取「裝置設定」功能
表。

利用按鈕 (4) [+] 或按鈕 (11) [−] 選擇所需的裝置
設定，然後再按一下按鈕 (13) [Func] 以確認您的
設定。請您選擇所需的裝置設定。

若要離開「裝置設定」功能表 (o)，請按一下電源開
關／刪除鈕 (9) [ ] 或螢幕按鈕 (12) [ ]。

裝置設定

語言
時間與日期

尺寸單位
角度單位
TrackMyTools

裝置資訊
聲音訊號

關機時間
調暗

螢幕亮度

螢幕方位

設定語言

請到裝置設定中選取「語言」。設定所需語言，然
後按一下按鈕 (13)[Func] 或測量按鈕 (2)[ ] 以
確認您的設定。

繁體中文 | 23

設定時間與日期

請到裝置設定中選取「時間與日期」。請依照螢幕
上的指示設定時間與日期，並按一下螢幕按鈕 (12)
[ ] 以確認您的設定。

提示：更換電池後必須重新設定時間與日期。 切換尺寸單位

請到裝置設定中選取「尺寸單位」。基本設定中的
尺寸單位為 「m」（公尺）。

設定所需尺寸單位，然後按一下按鈕 (13) [Func]
以確認您的設定。

若要離開此功能表項目，請按一下電源開關／刪除
鈕 (9) [ ] 或螢幕按鈕 (3) [ ]。測量工具關機

後，所選之裝置設定仍將保留。

切換角度單位

請到裝置設定中選取「角度單位」。基本設定中的
角度單位是「°」（度）。

設定所需角度單位，然後按一下按鈕 (13) [Func]
以確認您的設定。

若要離開此功能表項目，請按一下電源開關／刪除
鈕 (9) [ ] 或螢幕按鈕 (3) [ ]。測量工具關機

後，所選之裝置設定仍將保留。

TrackMyTools

請到裝置設定中選取「TrackMyTools」。按一下按
鈕 (13) [Func] 以確認您的設定。

必須進行初次啟用。僅能透過相關 App 或相關電腦
程式進行資料傳輸。

TrackMyTools 可隨時重新停用。
測量工具關機時，系統將儲存 TrackMyTools 的

（啟用／停用）設定。
提示：裝入電池時才能使用 TrackMyTools 功能。

電池更換後必須短暫開啟測量工具電源，以便啟用
TrackMyTools。

螢幕照明

請到裝置設定中選取「調暗」。
螢幕照明的設定為持續亮起。若未操作按鈕，螢幕

照明會在約 30秒鐘後變暗，以維護充電電池壽命。
調暗之前的靜候時間可進行調整（裝置設定）。
螢幕可配合環境條件調成不同的亮度等級（裝置設

定）。

測量功能

提示：整合式輔助說明功能

測量工具裡針對每一個測量功能都存有一份動畫說
明。若要執行動畫說明，請選取按鈕 (13)
[Func]、按鈕 (4) [+] 或 (11) [−] 接著再按鈕螢幕
按鈕 (3) [ ]。動畫將告訴您所選測量功能的詳細
操作方式。

您可利用(3) [ ] 隨時暫停／重新播放動畫。也可
利用按鈕 (4) [+] 或 (11) [−] 快轉或倒退。

長度測量

請選擇長度測量 。
若要啟動雷射光束，請短按一下測量按鈕 (2) [ ]。

Bosch Power Tools 1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020)

24 | 繁體中文

09.06.2017
13:20:23

0.0º

23.198 m

m

9.279
m

13.919
m

18.558

m

4.640

09.06.2017
13:20:23

0.0º

max

min

m

m

1.291
m

11.623

11.623

09.06.2017
13:20:23

0.0º

43.050 m

2

m

4.640
m

9.279

09.06.2017
13:20:23

0.0º

m

4.640
m

9.279
m

13.919

599.276 m

3

09.06.2017
13:20:23

45º

m

37.116

45.0

26.245 m

09.06.2017
13:20:23

º

30º

32.852 m

m

48.873
m

56.335

35.5

09.06.2017
13:20:23

60º

m

153.104

60.0

76.552 m

09.06.2017
13:20:23

60º

m

3.624
m

2.456
m

4.872

4.356 m

按一下測量按鈕 (2) [ ] 即可開始測量。測量結果
會出現在螢幕下方。

每一次想要重新進行測量時，請重複上
述步驟。最新測量值將出現在螢幕下
方，而前一次的測量值則位於其上，依
此類推。

連續測量

進行連續測量時，可針對目標物讓測量工具進行相
對移動，期間系統將每 0.5 秒左右更新一次測量
值。舉例來說，您可從某一個牆面離開，走到相隔
所需距離的位置，期間可隨時看到當下的實際距
離。

請選擇連續測量 。
若要啟動雷射光束，請短按一下測量按鈕 (2) [ ]。
移動儀器，直至所需距離出現在螢幕下方為止。

再按一下測量按鈕 (2) [ ] 即可中斷連
續測量功能。目前的測量值將顯示於螢
幕下方。而最大及最小測量值則是位於
其上。若是再按一次測量按鈕 (2)[ ]，
則連續測量將重頭開始。

連續測量功能將於 5 分鐘後自動關閉。

面積測量

請選擇面積測量 。
接著按照進行長度測量之方式，測量寬度、長度即

可。進行這兩次測量之間，雷射光束將保持開啟。
面積測量指示器 中，即將進行測量的長度以閃爍

方式顯示（請參考指示器元件 (j)）。

第一個測量值顯示於螢幕上方。
完成第二次測量後，將自動計算出面積

並於畫面中顯示該值。最後的計算結果
位於螢幕下方，而個別測量值則位於其
上方。

體積測量

請選擇體積測量 。
接著按照進行長度測量之方式，測量寬度、長度及

深度即可。進行這三次測量之間，雷射光束將保持
開啟。體積測量指示器 中，即將進行測量的長度

以閃爍方式顯示（請參考指示器元件 (j)）。

第一個測量值顯示於螢幕上方。
完成第三次測量後，測距儀將自動計算

出體積並於畫面中顯示該值。最後的計
算結果位於螢幕下方，而個別測量值則
位於其上方。

間接長度測量

請選擇間接距離測量 。間接距離測量共分為四種
測量功能供您選用，它們可分別用來量測不同類型
的距離。

無法進行直接測量時（例如有障礙物會阻擋雷射，
或者沒有目標物可充當反射體時），則必須以間接
的方式測量。此一測量方式僅適用於垂直方向。任
何水平方向的偏差都會導致測量誤差。

提示：間接距離測量的精準度永遠不如直接距離測
量。視運用方式而定，其測量誤差可能大於直接距

離測量。為改善測量準確度，建議您使用三腳架
（配件）。雷射將在各次單一測量之間的空檔保持
開啟

a）間接高度測量（請參考圖B）

請選擇間接高度測量 。
請注意：測量工具應位於與下方測量點一致的高度

上。接著將測量工具沿基準點側傾，依照進行長度
測量之方式來測量「1」線段（即螢幕上以紅線顯示
者）。

完成測量後，測量結果顯示列 (a) 中顯
示的測量結果即為您想要確認的「X」
線段。「1」線段及「α」角的測量值則
是位於測量值顯示列 (h) 中。

b）雙重間接高度測量（請參考圖C）

本測量工具可以間接測量位於測量工具垂直平面上
的任何長度。請選擇雙重間接高度測量 。依照進

行長度測量之方式依序測量線段「1」和「2」。

完成測量後，測量結果顯示列 (a) 中顯
示的測量結果即為您想要確認的「X」
線段。「1」線段、「2」線段及「α」
角的測量值則是位於測量值顯示列 (h)
中。

請注意：在同一個測量流程中進行每一
次測量時，測量基準點（例如：測量工具後緣）都
必須精準地保持在同一位置上。

c）間接長度測量（請參考圖D）

請選擇間接長度測量 。
請注意：測量工具必須與您想要確認的測量點位在

同一高度上。接著將測量工具沿基準點側傾，依照
進行長度測量之方式來測量「1」線段。

完成測量後，測量結果顯示列 (a) 中顯

示的測量結果即為您想要確認的「X」

線段。「1」線段及「α」角的測量值則

是位於測量值顯示列 (h) 中。

d）梯形測量（請參考圖E）

舉例來說，梯形測量可以用來量測斜面屋頂的長
度。

請選擇梯形測量 。
依照進行長度測量之方式依序測量線段「1」、

「2」和「3」。請注意：線段「3」的測量起點正是
線段「1」的終點，線段「1」與「2」之間以及
「1」與「3」之間應呈垂直。

完成最後一個測量後，測量結果顯示列

(a) 中顯示的測量結果即為您想要確認

的「X」線段。測量值顯示列 (h) 中將

詳列出每一個測量值。

牆壁面積測量（請參考圖F）

牆壁面積測量是用來計算相同高度之數個單一牆面
的總面積。插圖範例中所測量的是：空間高度 H 相
同但長度不同 L 之多個牆面加總起來的總面積。

1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020) Bosch Power Tools

請選擇牆面測量 。

09.06.2017
13:20:23

0.0º

m

2.500
m

3.899

m

12.558

31.395 m

2

m0.483

0.500m

1

0.81x

m0.500

0.500m1x

1° 2° 3°

88.0°

09.06.2017
13:20:23

30º

32.852 m

44

m

48.873
m

56.335

35.5

º

2

09.06.2017
13:20:23

0.0º

55.049 m

2

m

2

51.300
m

3.749

+

依照進行長度測量之方式來測量空間高度 H。測量
值將顯示於上方測量值列。雷射功能將保持開啟。

隨後請測量第一面牆的長度 L1。將自動
計算出面積並於測量結果顯示列 (a) 中
顯示該值。最新得出的長度測量值位於
下方測量值列 (h)。雷射功能將保持開
啟。

現在請您測量第二面牆的長度 L2。測量
值列 (h) 中所顯示的單次測量值將累加於長度 L
中。兩個長度（顯示於中間測量值列 (h)）加總後再

1

乘以之前儲存的高度 H。所得的總面積值將顯示於
測量結果顯示列 (a) 中。

您可以繼續測量任意多個長度 LX，系統會自動相加
這些值後再乘以高度 H。為求正確計算面積，其前
提是：所有區塊面積的第一個測量長度要一致（在
本範例中即為空間高度 H）。

放樣功能（請參考圖G）

放樣功能可重複測量一個自訂長度（距離）。您可
將此長度移植到任一表面上，以便將材料切成相同
長度或建構石膏隔間牆等等。可設定的最小長度為

0.1 m，可設定的最大長度為 50 m。
提示：使用放樣功能時，所顯示的是到螢幕中標記

處的距離。基準點不是測量工具的邊緣。
請選擇放樣功能 。

請利用按鈕 (4) [+] 或按鈕 (11) [–] 設定所需長
度。

按一下測量按鈕 (2) [ ] 即可啟動放樣功能，接下
來請您慢慢從起點往前走。

測量工具將持續測量目前與起點之間的

間距。此時將同時顯示您的自訂長度以

及目前測量值。向下或向上箭頭表示：

到下一個或最後一個記號的最短距離。

提示：持續測量時，只要按下測量按鈕
(2) [ ] 並按住不放，亦可將目前測得的數值設為自

訂長度。

位於左邊的系數代表目前可換算成幾個

完整自訂長度。螢幕兩旁的綠色箭頭則

是告知還有多長距離就應標設下一個記

號。

當參照值不在螢幕範圍上，則紅色箭頭
所指位置或紅色字樣代表實際值。

傾角測量／數位水平儀

請選擇傾角測量／數位水平儀 。
測量工具將於這兩種顯示之間自動切換。

數位水平儀是用來檢查某一物體的水平

或垂直定位（例如洗衣機、冰箱等

等）。

傾斜度若超過 3°，螢幕上的圓球將以紅

色顯示。

數位水平儀的基準點為測量工具底部。

繁體中文 | 25

傾角測量則是用來測量坡度或傾斜度
（例如用於樓梯、欄杆、家具榫接、管
路鋪設等等）。

測量工具的左側為傾角測量的基準點。
測量中途如果此符號開始閃爍，代表測
量工具過度側傾。

儲存功能

每次完成測量後，將自動儲存測量值或最後的計算
結果。

儲存值顯示

最多可叫出 50 個數值。
請按一下螢幕按鈕(12) [ ] 以選擇儲存功能。

螢幕上方所顯示的是所儲存之數值的編
號，下方是所屬之儲存值與測量功能。

請按一下按鈕(4) [+]，即可往前翻頁至
其他儲存值。

請按一下按鈕(11) [–]，即可往後翻頁
至其他儲存值。

如果記憶體中沒有數值，螢幕下方將出現「0.000」
而上方則是出現「0」。

最舊數值位於記憶體中的第 1 筆資料；最新數值則
是位於第 50 筆資料（儲存值達 50 筆時）。如果還
要儲存其他筆數值資料，則將一律刪除記憶體中的
最舊數值。

刪除記憶值

若要開啟儲存內容，請按一下螢幕按鈕 (12) [
]。視需要重複按下螢幕按鈕 (3)[ ] 即可反序刪除
測量值。若要刪除所有儲存內容，請同時按下螢幕
按鈕 (3)[ ] 和縮放按鈕 (5)。

數值相加／相減

測量值或最後的計算結果可進行加減。

數值相加

以下範例將說明如何累加面積：請依照「面積測
量」小節進行面積測量(參見 「面積測量」,
頁24)。

請按一下按鈕 (4) [+]。隨即出現計算後
得出的面積並加註「+」符號。按一下測
量按鈕 (2) [ ]，即可開始其他面積測
量。請依照「面積測量」小節進行面積
測量(參見 「面積測量」, 頁24)。第二
次測量完成後，螢幕下方會立即顯示第

二次面積測量的結果。若要顯示最後的計算結果，
請再按一下測量按鈕 (2) [ ]。

提示：進行長度測量時，將立即顯示最後的計算結
果。

數值相減

若要將數值相減，請按一下按鈕 (11)[–]。後續步驟
請比照「數值相加」。

刪除測量值

在所有測量功能中，只要按一下電源開關／刪除鈕
(9) [ ]，即可刪除您所測得的最後一項測量值。

Bosch Power Tools 1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020)

26 | 繁體中文

Bluetooth

將資料傳輸至其他裝置

本測量工具配備
技術即可與具有
裝置進行資料傳輸（例如智慧型手機、平板電
腦）。

如需 藍牙® 連線的最低系統需求相關資訊，請至博
世網站：www.bosch-pt.com。

u 如需其他資訊，請參考博世產品說明頁。

透過
與測量工具之間可能會有時間遲滯的現象。問題可
能是出在兩個裝置的距離或是出在測量目標物本
身。

啟用行動終端裝置的
資料傳輸

請至設定中啟用
(4) [+]，即可啟用
動終端裝置上的

為了擴充行動終端裝置的功能並簡化資料處理，本
公司另外開發了專用的博世應用程式（App）
「Measuring Master」供您選用。您可到相關商店
按照所使用的終端裝置下載該程式。

博世應用程式啟動之後，將自動為您在行動終端裝
置與測量工具之間建立連線。萬一同時找到多個啟
用的測量工具，請您根據序號選擇相符的那一個測
量工具。序號 (15) 位於測量工具的產品銘牌上。

連線狀態以及啟用之連線 (f) 將顯示於測量工具的
螢幕 (1) 中。

停用

請至設定中停用

Bluetooth®

測量工具電源。

® 介面

Bluetooth®
Bluetooth®

Bluetooth®

進行資料傳輸時，行動終端裝置

Bluetooth®

Bluetooth®

Bluetooth®

Bluetooth

® 介面

Bluetooth®

訊號，請按一下按鈕 (11) [–] 或關閉

模組，透過此一無線
介面的特定行動終端

Bluetooth

® 介面，以便進行

介面。請按一下按鈕

訊號。請確認：行

介面已啟用。

連線。若要停用

作業注意事項

u 如需其他資訊，請參考博世產品說明頁。
u 本測量工具配備無線介面。請您務必遵守不同場

所的使用限制條件，例如在飛機或醫院內。

一般注意事項

測量時，接收點 (18)、雷射光束出口 (19) 以及攝
影鏡頭 (20) 不得有遮蓋物。

進行測量期間不得移動測量工具。因此，請將測量
工具儘可能放置在固定的擋塊或托架平面上。

影響測量範圍的因素

測量範圍取決於光線情況和目標物表面的反射特
性。有強烈外來燈光影響時，使用內建攝影鏡頭
(20)、雷射眼鏡 (26)（配件）和雷射標靶 (25)（配
件）可提高雷射光束的能見度，或遮掉目標物表面
的光線。

影響測量結果的因素

由於物理作用之故，無法排除在不同類型表面上進
行測量時出現誤差的狀況。表面的類型可分為：

– 透明表面（例如玻璃、水）
– 反射表面（例如拋光金屬、玻璃）
– 多孔狀表面（例如具有阻隔特性的材料）
– 結構性表面（例如毛胚、天然石材）。
必要時請將雷射標靶 (25)（配件）放到表面上。
如果未正確地瞄準好目標物表面，也可能會出現測

量誤差。
此外有溫差的空氣層和間接反射都可能影響測量

值。

檢查傾角測量準確度及進行相關校正（請參
考圖H）

請定期檢查傾角測量準確度。其做法是執行一次反
轉測量。請將測量工具放到桌上，然後進行傾角測
量。將測量工具旋轉 180°，然後再測量一次傾角。
顯示值最多可相差 0.3°。

如果差距超出規定則必須重新校正測量工具。若要
這麼做，請至設定中選擇 。並遵照螢幕上的指

示。
本測試工具經歷溫度劇烈變化或碰撞之後，建議您

進行準確度測試，並視需要執行校正。本測試工具
經歷溫度劇烈變化或碰撞之後，必須先回溫一段時
間然後才進行校正。

檢查距離測量的準確度

您可按以下方式檢查測量工具的準確度：
– 選擇一個您本人非常熟悉且長度不會改變的測量

線段，線段長度大概在 3 到 10公尺之間（例如
房間的寬度，門口等）。該測量應在有利條件下
進行，亦即該測量長度位於室內、背景燈光微
弱、測量目標物的表面光滑且具有良好反射性

（例如白漆牆）。
– 連續測量該長度 10 次。
在有利的測量條件下，各次的測量結果與平均值的

不得相差超過 ±2mm。請做好測量記錄，以便日後
充當檢查儀器準確度的根據。

標靶指示的準確度及校正（十字交叉線）

請定期檢查雷射與標靶指示的定位準確度。
– 請選擇淺色但照明儘可能微弱的表面（例如白

牆）做為測量目標，並相距至少 5 m。
– 請確認雷射點是否位於螢幕上的標靶指示內。
如果雷射點並沒有在標靶指示之內，則必須重新校

正標靶指示。
若要這麼做，請至設定中選擇 。並遵照螢幕上的

指示。
距離較長時（大於五公尺）還會出現標靶記號，為

您標示測量點位置。

使用三腳架（配件）進行測量

當測量目標位於遠處時，必須使用三腳架。請利用
1/4" 螺紋孔 (17) 將測量工具安裝到三腳架 (27) 或
一般市售相機三腳架的快拆座上。或者您也可以使
用一般市面上的照相機三腳架。

1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020) Bosch Power Tools

請至設定中，選好使用三腳架時的測量基準點（三
腳架基準點）。

故障－原因和補救方法

原因 補救措施

溫度警示燈閃爍時，無法進行測量

測量工具已超出 –10 °C
至 +45 °C 的操作溫度之
外（使用連續測量功能時
須在 +40 °C 以下）。

螢幕上出現「Error」

相加／相減不同尺寸單位
的測量值

雷射與目標物之間的夾角
太小。

目標物表面的反射性太強
（例如鏡子）或太弱（例
如黑色材料），或是環境
光線過強。

雷射光束出口 (19)、接
收點 (18) 或攝影鏡頭
(20) 起霧（例如因溫度
變化過快）。

計算出來的數值大於 1
999 999 或小於 –999
999 m/m2/m3。

螢幕上出現「CAL」和「ERROR」

未按照正確順序或未在正
確位置上進行傾角測量校
正作業。

進行校正時使用的平面並
非準確位於水平位置或垂
直位置。

按下按鈕時移動了或翻倒
了測量工具。

測量結果不可靠

目標物表面的反射影像有
變（例如水、玻璃）。

雷射光束出口 (19) 或接
收點 (18) 或攝影鏡頭
(20) 被擋住。

設定了錯誤的基準點。 選擇適合測量功能的基準

有障礙物擋住雷射光束的
線條。

無法啟用
電池電力不足。 更換電池

沒有

Bluetooth®

Bluetooth®

連線

停下工作靜待測量工具的
溫度回到操作溫度範圍。

只能相加／相減相同尺寸
單位的測量值。

請拉大雷射與目標物之間
的夾角。

請使用雷射標靶 (25)
（配件）

請用軟布擦乾雷射光束出
口 (19)、接收點 (18) 或
攝影鏡頭 (20)

進行測量時把待計算的長
度再細分成多段。

根據螢幕和使用說明書上
的指示再做一次校正。

在水平平面或垂直平面上
再做一次校正。必要時可
先用水平儀檢查該平面。

再做一次校正，按，按壓
按鈕時不要觸動測量工
具。

目標物表面被遮蓋住。

不要有任何物品遮蔽雷射
光束出口 (19)、接收點
(18) 或攝影鏡頭 (20)。

點。
投射在目標物表面上的雷

射點必須完整。

功能

繁體中文 | 27

原因 補救措施

Bluetooth®

維修中心或各區維修站。

連線被干擾 請關掉然後再重新開啟測

測量工具會在每次進行測量時監控功能
是否正常。若確認出現故障，螢幕上僅
會顯示左側符號。在這種情況下，或上
述補救措施無法排除故障情形時，請透
過您的經銷商將該測量工具轉交給博世

量工具上及行動終端裝置
上的

Bluetooth®

請檢查行動終端裝置上的
應用程式。

請確認測量工具和行動終
端裝置上的
功能已啟用。

請檢查您的行動終端裝置
是否已過載。

請縮短本測量工具與行動
終端裝置之間的距離。

請排除本測量工具與行動
終端裝置之間的障礙物
（例如鋼筋混凝土、金屬
門扇）。請遠離電磁干擾
源（例如無線區域網路發
射器）。

功能。

Bluetooth®

維修和服務

保養與清潔

測量儀器必須隨時保持清潔。
不可以把儀器放入水或其它的液體中。
使用柔軟濕布擦除儀器上的污垢。切勿使用清潔劑

或溶液。
尤其是在清潔接收點 (18)、雷射出口處 (19) 以及

攝影鏡頭 (20) 時必須格外小心：請注意，接收點、
雷射出口處或攝影鏡頭不得有任何髒污。接收點、
雷射出口處和攝影鏡頭等位置，僅可使用攝影鏡頭
專用清潔工具來進行清潔。請勿試圖用尖銳物品去
除接收點、雷射出口處或攝影鏡頭上的髒污，亦不
可直接擦拭（可能造成細微刮痕）。

如需送修，請將測量工具放入保護套袋 (23) 內後，
再轉交給相關單位。

顧客服務處和顧客咨詢中心

本公司顧客服務處負責回答有關本公司產品的維
修、維護和備用零件的問題。以下的網頁中有分解
圖和備用零件相關資料：www.bosch-pt.com
如果對本公司產品及其配件有任何疑問，博世應用
諮詢小組很樂意為您提供協助。

當您需要諮詢或訂購備用零件時，請務必提供本產
品型號銘牌上 10 位數的產品機號。

台灣

台灣羅伯特博世股份有限公司
建國北路一段90 號6 樓
台北市10491

Bosch Power Tools 1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020)

28 | 한국어

電話: (02)77342588
傳真: (02)25161176
www.bosch-pt.com.tw

制造商地址:

Robert Bosch Power Tools GmbH
羅伯特· 博世電動工具有限公司
70538 Stuttgart / GERMANY
70538 斯圖加特/ 德國

以下更多客戶服務處地址：

www.bosch-pt.com/serviceaddresses

廢棄物處理

必須以符合環保要求的方式回收再利用損壞的儀
器、配件和包裝材料。

不得將測量工具與電池當成一般垃圾丟
棄！

한국어

안전 수칙

측정공구의 안전한 사용을 위해 모든 수
칙들을 숙지하고 이에 유의하여 작업하
시기 바랍니다. 측정공구를 해당 지침에
따라 사용하지 않으면, 측정공구에 내장

되어 있는 안전장치에 안 좋은 영향을
미칠 수 있습니다. 측정공구의 경고판을 절대로 가
려서는 안 됩니다. 안전 수칙을 잘 보관하고 공구 양
도 시 측정공구와 함께 전달하십시오.

u 주의 – 여기에 제시된 조작 장치 또는 조정 장치

외의 용도로 사용하거나 다른 방식으로 작업을
진행하는 경우, 광선으로 인해 폭발될 위험이 있
습니다.

u 본 측정공구는 레이저 경고 스티커가 함께 공급

됩니다(그림에 측정공구의 주요 명칭 표시).

u 처음 사용하기 전에 함께 공급되는 한국어로 된

레이저 경고 스티커를 독문 경고판 위에 붙이십
시오.

사람이나 동물에게 레이저 광선을 비추
거나, 광선을 직접 또는 반사시켜 보지
마십시오. 이로 인해 눈이 부시게 만들어

사고를 유발하거나 눈에 손상을 입을 수
있습니다.

u 눈으로 레이저 광선을 쳐다본 경우, 의식적으로

눈을 감고 곧바로 고개를 돌려 광선을 피하십시
오.

u 레이저 장치를 개조하지 마십시오.
u 레이저 보안경(액세서리)을 일반 보안경으로 사

용하지 마십시오. 레이저 보안경은 레이저 광선
을 보다 잘 감지하지만, 그렇다고 해서 레이저 광
선으로부터 보호해주는 것은 아닙니다.

u 레이저 보안경(액세서리)을 선글라스 용도 또는

도로에서 사용하지 마십시오. 레이저 보안경은
자외선을 완벽하게 차단하지 못하며, 색상 분별
력을 떨어뜨립니다.

u 측정공구의 수리는 해당 자격을 갖춘 전문 인력

에게 맡기고, 수리 정비 시 순정 부품만 사용하십
시오. 이 경우에만 측정공구의 안전성을 오래 유

지할 수 있습니다.

u 어린이가 무감독 상태로 레이저 측정공구를 사용

하는 일이 없도록 하십시오. 의도치 않게 사람의
눈이 부시게 할 수 있습니다.

u 가연성 유체나 가스 혹은 분진 등 폭발 위험이 있

는 곳에서 측정공구를 사용하지 마십시오. 측정
공구에 분진이나 증기를 점화하는 스파크가 생길
수 있습니다.

u 해당 무선설비는 전파혼신 가능성이 있으므로 인

명안전 과 관련된 서비스는 할 수 없습니다 .

u 측정공구에는 무선 인터페이스가 장착되어 있습

니다. 비행기나 병원 등 장소에 따른 제약에 주의
하십시오.

블루투스

® 워드마크와 그림(로고)은 Bluetooth

SIG, Inc.의 등록상표입니다. Robert Bosch
Power Tools GmbH는 허가를 받아 이를 사용하고
있습니다.

u 주의! 측정공구의

Bluetooth

® 사용은 다른 기기

나 설비, 비행기 및 의료기기(예: 심박 조정기,보
청기) 등에 장애를 가져올 수 있습니다. 마찬가지
로 근처에 있는 동물이나 사람에게도 좋지 않은
영향을 미칠 수 있습니다. 측정공구의

Bluetooth

® 사용은 의료 기기, 주유소, 화학설비

및 폭발 위험이 있는 주변에서는 삼가하십시오.
비행기에서 측정공구의

Bluetooth

® 사용은 삼가

하십시오. 오랜 시간 신체에 직접 접촉하여 작동
하는 것을 삼가하십시오.

제품 및 성능 설명

사용 설명서 앞 부분에 제시된 그림을 확인하십시
오.

규정에 따른 사용

본 측정공구는 거리, 길이, 높이, 간격, 경사도를 측
정하고 면적 및 체적을 계산하는 데 사용됩니다.

측정 결과는
할 수 있습니다.

측정공구는 실내 및 실외에서 모두 사용할 수 있습
니다.

제품의 주요 명칭

제품의 주요 명칭에 표기되어 있는 번호는 측정공구
의 그림이 나와있는 면을 참고하십시오.

(1) 디스플레이
(2) 측정 버튼 [ ] (앞쪽 또는 측면에서 사용 가

(3) 소프트 버튼 [ ]
(4) 플러스 버튼 [+] / 우측으로 이동 선택

능)

Bluetooth®

를 통해 다른 장치로 전송

1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020) Bosch Power Tools

한국어 | 29

(5) 줌 버튼
(6) 운반 고리 삽입부
(7) 측정 핀 작동 버튼
(8) 측정 핀
(9)

전원-삭제 버튼 [ ]

(10) 뷰파인더 버튼
(11) 마이너스 버튼 [–] / 좌측으로 이동 선택
(12) 소프트 버튼 [ ]
(13) 기능 버튼 [Func]
(14) 레이저 경고판
(15) 일련 번호
(16) 배터리 케이스 덮개
(17) 1/4" 삼각대 소켓
(18) 수신 렌즈
(19) 레이저빔 발사구
(20) 카메라
(21) 스크류 캡
(22) 배터리
(23) 안전 케이스
(24) 운반 고리
(25) 레이저 표적판
(26) 레이저 보안경
(27) 삼각대

A) 도면이나 설명서에 나와있는 액세서리는 표준 공급부

품에 속하지 않습니다. 전체 액세서리는 저희 액세서리
프로그램을 참고하십시오.

A)

A)

A)

디스플레이 내용

(a) 결과 표시열
(b) 뷰파인더(십자선)
(c) 경사각도 표시
(d) 날짜/시간
(e) 측정 기준 레벨
(f) 연결 상태

Bluetooth®

Bluetooth®

활성화되지 않음

작동, 연결됨

(g) 배터리 충전상태 표시기
(h) 측정치 표시열
(i) 설정 (소프트 버튼)
(j) 선택된 측정 기능
(k) 내부 메모리 (소프트 버튼)
(l) 도움말 기능 (소프트 버튼)
(m) 뒤로 (소프트 버튼)
(n) 시작 화면 (소프트 버튼)
(o) 장치 설정

제품 사양

디지털 레이저
거리 측정기

제품 번호
측정 영역(표준)
측정 영역(표준, 부적절

한 조건)
측정 정확도(표준)
측정 정확도(표준, 부적

절한 조건)
최소 표시 단위

간접 거리 측정 및 수준기

측정 영역

경사 측정

측정 영역
측정 정확도(표준)
최소 표시 단위

일반 사항

작동 온도
보관 온도
허용 충전 온도 범위
상대 습도 최대
기준 높이를 초과한 최

대 사용 높이
IEC61010-1에 따른 오

염도
레이저 등급
레이저 유형
레이저빔 직경(25 °C일 때) 약
– 10m 떨어진 거리
– 100m 떨어진 거리
자동 꺼짐 기능이 활성화되는 시간, 약
– 레이저
– 측정공구(측정 미포

함)
배터리
EPTA-Procedure

01:2014에 따른 중량
치수
보호 등급

데이터 전송

Bluetooth®

0°–360° (4x90°)

0°–360° (4x90°)

–10 °C ...+45 °C

3 × 1.5 V LR6 (AA)

142 (176) x 64 x 28 mm

분무수 침투 방지)

(4.2 Low Energy)

GLM 150 C

3 601 K72 F..

0.08–150 m

0.08–60 m

±1.5 mm
±3.0 mm

0.5 mm

C)D)E)

±0.2°

0,1°

–20 °C ...+70 °C

+5 °C ... +40 °C

90 %

2,000 m

2

650 nm, <1mW

9mm

90mm

20 초 후

5 분

0.23 kg

IP 54 (먼지 및

Bluetooth®

A)

B)

A)

B)

F)

G)

2

H)

I)

Bosch Power Tools 1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020)

30 | 한국어

디지털 레이저

GLM 150 C

거리 측정기

작동 주파수 대역
최대 송신 출력

A) 측정공구의 앞 모서리부터 측정할 경우, 표적물(예: 흰

색으로 칠한 벽)의 반사율을 높게, 배경 조명을 약하게
조성해야 합니다. 작동 온도는 25 °C입니다. 그 외에도
±0.05 mm/m 정도 차이가 있을 수 있음을 고려해야
합니다.

B) 측정공구의 앞 모서리부터 측정할 경우, 표적물(예: 흰

색으로 칠한 벽)의 반사율을 높게, 배경 조명을 강하게
조성해야 합니다. 그 외에도 ± 0.15 mm/m 정도 차이
가 있을 수 있음을 고려해야 합니다.

C) 0°  및 90°에서 보정 후. 최대  ±0.01°/도 ~ 45°의 추가

경사 오류. 측정 정밀도는 경사 측정 보정의 세 가지 방
향에 해당됩니다(그림 H 참조).

D) 작동 온도 25℃
E) 측정공구의 좌측은 경사 측정을 위한 기준점 역할을 합

니다.

F) 연속 측정 기능의 경우 최고 작동 온도는 +40 °C입니

다.

G) 비전도성 오염의 경우만, 가끔씩 일시적으로 이슬로 인

해 전도성이 유발될 수 있음

H) 자동 꺼짐 시간은 설정할 수 있습니다(2분, 5분, 10분

또는 꺼짐 설정하지 않음).

I)

Bluetooth®

템에 따라 연결 구성이 불가능할 수 있습니다.

Bluetooth®

형식판에 적힌 일련 번호 (15) 를 통해 측정공구를 식별할 수
있습니다.

저 에너지 기기의 경우, 모델과 작동 시스

기기가 GATT 프로필을 지원해야 합니다.

2402 – 2480 MHz

8 mW

조립

배터리 삽입하기/교환하기

측정공구 작동에는 알칼리 망간 배터리를 사용할 것
을 권장합니다.

– 작동 버튼 (7) 을 누르고 측정 핀 (8) 을 180° 젖

히십시오.

– 배터리 케이스 덮개 (16) 를 열려면 스크류 캡

(21) 을 위쪽으로 젖히고, 시계 반대 방향으로
1/4 정도 돌리십시오. 스크류 캡에서 배터리 케
이스 덮개를 여십시오. 배터리를 끼웁니다. 이때
배터리 케이스 안에 표시된 전극의 방향에 유의
하십시오.

u 오랜 기간 사용하지 않을 경우 측정공구의 배터

리를 빼두십시오. 배터리는 오래 두면 부식되고
방전될 수 있습니다.

u 지침: TrackMyTools 기능은 배터리가 끼워져 있

는 경우에만 사용 가능합니다.

작동

기계 시동

u 측정공구가 켜져 있는 상태에서 자리를 비우지

말고, 사용 후에는 측정공구의 스위치를 끄십시
오. 레이저빔으로 인해 다른 사람의 눈을 일시적

으로 안 보이게 할 수 있습니다.

u 측정공구가 물에 젖거나 직사광선에 노출되지 않

도록 하십시오.

u 극한의 온도 또는 온도 변화가 심한 환경에 측정

공구를 노출시키지 마십시오. 예를 들어 장시간
차량 안에 측정공구를 두지 마십시오. 온도 변화
가 심한 경우 측정공구를 작동시키기 전에 먼저
온도에 적응할 수 있게 하십시오. 극심한 온도에
서나 온도 변화가 심한 환경에서 사용하면 측정
공구의 정확도가 떨어질 수 있습니다.

u 측정공구가 외부와 세게 부딪히거나 떨어지지 않

도록 주의하십시오. 측정공구에 외부 영향이 심
하게 가해진 후에는 계속 작업하기 전에 항상 정
확도를 점검해야 합니다 (참조 „거리 측정 정확도
점검“, 페이지35).

u 측정공구에는 무선 인터페이스가 장착되어 있습

니다. 비행기나 병원 등 장소에 따른 제약에 주의
하십시오.

전원 켜기/끄기

작업하는 동안 수신 렌즈 (18), 레이저빔 발사구
(19) 및 카메라 (20) 가 닫히거나 막히지 않도록 유

의하십시오. 정확한 측정이 이루어지지 않을 수 있
습니다.

– 측정공구와 레이저를 켜려면 측정 버튼 (2) [ ]

을 짧게 누릅니다.

– 레이저 없는 측정공구를 켜려면 전원 버튼 (9) [

]을 짧게 누릅니다.

u 레이저빔이 사람이나 동물에 향하지 않도록 하

고, 먼 거리에서라도 레이저빔 안을 들여다 보지
마십시오.

레이저를 끄려면 전원-삭제 버튼 (9) [ ]을 짧게 누
릅니다.

카메라를 끄려면 뷰파인더 버튼 (10) 을 누르십시
오.

측정공구의 전원을 끄려면 전원-삭제 버튼 (9) [ ]
을 누르고 계십시오.
측정공구의 스위치를 끌 경우 메모리에 저장된 값들
과 장치 설정은 그대로 유지됩니다.

카메라

처음 측정공구의 전원을 켜면 카메라 (20) 가 자동
으로 켜집니다. 전원을 끄려면 뷰파인더 버튼 (10)
을 누르십시오.

측정공구의 전원을 끌 때 카메라 설정(ON/OFF)이
저장됩니다.

레이저 포인트의 가시성 최적화

특히 야외에서 측정공구를 사용하는 경우, 직사광선
이 들어오는 곳 및 내부 공간의 긴 구간에서 사용하
는 경우, 레이저 포인트가 눈에 보이지 않을 수 있습
니다. 카메라를 켜는 방법 외에도 다음과 같은 설정
을 통해 레이저 포인트/측정 대상의 가시성을 높일
수 있습니다.

– 디스플레이 밝기의 설정(장치 설정)
– 버튼 (5) 을 눌러 줌 기능 사용.

측정 과정

스위치를 켜면 측정공구는 길이 측정 기능에 위치합
니다. 다른 측정 기능을 사용하려면 버튼 (13)

1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020) Bosch Power Tools

[Func]을 누르십시오. 버튼 (4) [+] 또는 버튼 (11)
[–] 을 눌러 원하는 (참조 „측정 기능“, 페이
지32)을 선택하십시오. 버튼 (13) [Func] 또는
측정 버튼 (2) [ ]을 눌러 측정 기능을 활성화시키
십시오.

스위치를 켜면 측정용 기준 레벨로 측정공구의 후방
모서리가 사전 설정되어 있습니다. 기준 레벨을 변
경하려면 (참조 „기준 레벨 선택하기(그림 A 참
조)“, 페이지31). 측정공구를 원하는 측정 시작
점(예: 벽)에 두십시오.

지침: 전원-삭제 버튼 (9) [ ]을 눌러 측정공구를 켰
으면 측정 버튼 (2) [ ]을 짧게 눌러 레이저를 켭니
다.

측정을 위해 측정 버튼 (2) [ ]을 짧게 누릅니다.
그러면 레이저빔이 꺼집니다. 다시 측정하려면 상기
과정을 반복하십시오.

연속 레이저빔이 켜져 있는 상태에서 연속 측정 기
능이 작동되면 측정 버튼 (2) [ ]을 한번만 눌러도
측정이 시작됩니다.

u 레이저빔이 사람이나 동물에 향하지 않도록 하

고, 먼 거리에서라도 레이저빔 안을 들여다 보지
마십시오.

지침: 측정값은 타입별로 0.5초 내에, 늦어도 대략

4초 후에 디스플레이됩니다. 측정 시간은 거리, 조
명 조건 및 대상물의 반사 정도에 따라 달라질 수 있
습니다. 측정을 끝낸 뒤 레이저빔은 자동으로 꺼집
니다. 연속 레이저빔이 켜져 있으면 측정 후에도 전
원이 꺼지지 않습니다(참조 „연속 레이저빔“, 페이
지31).

기준 레벨 선택하기(그림 A 참조)

측정할 경우 네가지의 다양한 기준 레벨 중에 선택
할 수 있습니다:

– 측정공구의 뒷 모서리(예: 벽면에 설치할 경우),
– 180° 접힌 측정 핀 (8) 의 팁(예: 코너에서 측정

하는 경우),

– 측정공구의 앞 모서리(예: 책상 가장자리에서부

터 측정할 경우),

– 나사부 (17) 의 중간(예: 삼각대를 이용하여 측정

할 경우)

측정 핀 (8) 을 180°로 젖히거나 접으면 자동으로
감지하여 해당 기준 레벨을 제안합니다. 측정 버튼
(2) [ ]을 눌러 설정 내역을 승인합니다.

소프트 버튼 (3) [ ]을 눌러 측정공구 설정 내역을
선택합니다. 버튼 (4) [+] 또는 버튼 (11) [–]을 눌
러 기준 레벨을 선택한 후 버튼 (13) Func을 눌러
이를 승인합니다.

측정공구 켤 때마다 자동으로 측정공구의 뒤쪽 모서
리가 기준면으로 사전 설정되어 있습니다.

연속 레이저빔

필요에 따라 측정공구를 연속 레이저빔 상태로 전환
할 수 있습니다. 이를 위해 소프트 버튼 (3) [ ]을
눌러 측정공구 설정 내역을 선택합니다. 버튼 (4)
[+] 또는 버튼 (11) [–]을 눌러 연속 레이저빔을 선
택한 후 버튼 (13) Func을 눌러 승인하십시오.

한국어 | 31

u 레이저빔이 사람이나 동물에 향하지 않도록 하

고, 먼 거리에서라도 레이저빔 안을 들여다 보지
마십시오.

이 설정에서 레이저빔은 측정 중간에도 켜진 상태로
유지되며, 측정하려면 측정 버튼 (2) [ ]을 짧게 한
번 눌러줘야 합니다.

연속 레이저빔은 설정에서 다시 끄거나 또는 측정공
구의 전원을 끄면 꺼집니다.

“설정” 메뉴

메뉴 “설정” (i) 에 들어가려면, 소프트 버튼 (3)
[ ] 또는 버튼 (13) Func을 짧게 누릅니다.

버튼 (4) [+] 또는 버튼 (11) [–]을 눌러 원하는 설
정 내역을 선택한 후 버튼 (13) Func을 눌러 승인
하십시오. 원하는 설정을 선택하십시오.

메뉴 “설정”에서 벗어나려면, 전원-삭제 버튼 (9)
[ ] 또는 소프트 버튼 (12) [ ]을 누르십시오.

설정

Bluetooth®

기준면

타이머 기능

연속 레이저빔

경사 측정 보정

뷰파인더 보정

장치 설정

타이머 기능

타이머 기능은 예를 들어 접근하기 힘든 곳에서 측
정을 하는 경우 또는 측정하는 동안 측정공구가 움
직이지 않도록 해야 할 경우에 도움을 줍니다.

설정에서 타이머 기능을 선택하십시오. 측정이 이루
어지기 원하는 작동 시간 간격을 선택한 후 측정 버
튼 (2) [ ] 또는 버튼 (13) Func을 누르십시오.

그리고 나서 측정 버튼 (2) [ ] 을 누르면, 레이저
빔이 켜지고 목표 지점을 조준합니다. 측정 버튼
(2) [ ] 를 다시 한 번 누르면, 측정이 이루어집니
다. 설정한 시간이 지나면 측정이 됩니다. 결과 표시
열 (a) 에 측정치가 표시됩니다.

상태 표시줄 상단에 측정이 이루어지는 작동 시간
간격이 표시됩니다.

타이머 기능이 설정된 경우 지속 측정 및 최소/최대
측정은 불가능합니다.

타이머는 측정공구의 전원이 꺼지기 전까지 또는
“설정” 메뉴에서 타이머가 꺼지기 전까지 설정된
상태로 유지됩니다.

“장치 설정” 메뉴

“설정” 메뉴에서 “장치 설정” 메뉴를 선택하십
시오.

Bosch Power Tools 1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020)

32 | 한국어

ft/m

09.06.2017
13:20:23

0.0º

23.198 m

m

9.279
m

13.919
m

18.558

m

4.640

버튼 (4) [+] 또는 버튼 (11) [–]을 눌러 원하는 장
치 설정을 선택한 후 버튼 (13) Func을 눌러 승인
하십시오. 원하는 장치 설정을 선택하십시오.

메뉴 “장치 설정” (o) 에서 벗어나려면, 전원-삭
제 버튼 (9) [ ] 또는 소프트 버튼 (12) [ ]을 누르

십시오.

장치 설정

언어

시간 & 날짜

측정 단위

각도 단위

TrackMyTools

장치 정보

음향 신호

스위치 오프 시간

감광 스위치

디스플레이 밝기

디스플레이 정렬

언어 설정

장치 설정에서 “언어”를 선택하십시오. 원하는 언
어를 설정한 후 버튼 (13) Func 또는 측정 버튼 (2)
[ ]을 눌러 승인하십시오.

날짜 및 시간 설정

장치 설정에서 “시간 & 날짜”를 선택하십시오. 디
스플레이에 제시된 지침에 맞춰 날짜 및 시간을 설
정한 후 소프트 버튼 (12) [ ]을 누르십시오.

지침: 배터리 교환 후에는 날짜 및 시간을 다시 설정
해야 합니다.

단위 변경하기

장치 설정에서 “측정 단위”를 선택하십시오. 기본
설정의 측정 단위는 “m” (미터)입니다.

원하는 측정 단위를 설정한 후 버튼 (13) Func을
누르십시오.

메뉴 항목을 벗어나려면 전원-삭제 버튼 (9) [ ] 또
는 소프트 버튼 (3) [ ]을 누르십시오. 측정공구를
끈 후에도 선택한 설정은 그대로 저장됩니다.

각도 단위 변경하기

장치 설정에서 “각도 단위”를 선택하십시오. 기본
설정의 각도 단위는 “°” (도)입니다.

원하는 각도 단위를 설정한 후 버튼 (13) Func을
누르십시오.

메뉴 항목을 벗어나려면 전원-삭제 버튼 (9) [ ] 또
는 소프트 버튼 (3) [ ]을 누르십시오. 측정공구를
끈 후에도 선택한 설정은 그대로 저장됩니다.

TrackMyTools

장치 설정에서 “TrackMyTools”를 선택하십시오.
버튼 (13) [Func]을 눌러 설정 내역을 승인합니다.

첫 사용 시에는 활성화해야 합니다. 데이터는 해당
앱 또는 해당 PC 프로그램을 통해서만 전송할 수 있
습니다.

TrackMyTools는 언제든지 다시 비활성화할 수 있
습니다.

측정공구의 전원을 끌 때 TrackMyTools 설정(활성
화/비활성화)이 저장됩니다.

지침: TrackMyTools 기능은 배터리가 끼워져 있는
경우에만 사용 가능합니다. 배터리 교환 후
TrackMyTools를 활성화하려면 잠깐 측정공구의 전
원을 켜야 합니다.

디스플레이 조명

장치 설정에서 “감광 스위치”를 선택하십시오.
디스플레이 조명은 계속 켜져 있습니다. 버튼을 누

르지 않으면, 디스플레이 조명은 약 30초 후 배터리
절약을 위해 어두워집니다.

감광이 시작되는 시간을 설정할 수 있습니다(장치
설정).

디스플레이 밝기는 주변 조건에 맞춰 여러 단계로
조정할 수 있습니다(장치 설정).

측정 기능

지침: 도움말 기능 통합

측정공구에서 모든 측정 기능에 도움말이 애니메이
션 형태로 저장되어 있습니다. 이를 위해 버튼 (13)
[Func], 버튼 (4) [+] 또는 (11) [-]을 누른 후 소프
트 버튼 (3) [ ]을 선택합니다. 선택한 측정 기능
에 대해 애니메이션을 통해 세부 작업 절차를 보여
줍니다.

애니메이션은 언제든지 (3) [ ]을 눌러 정지했다
가 다시 시작할 수 있습니다. 버튼 (4) [+] 또는

(11) [-] 을 눌러 이동하며 스크롤할 수 있습니다. 길이 측정

길이 측정 을 선택하십시오.
레이저빔을 켜려면 측정 버튼 (2) [ ]을 짧게 누르

십시오.
측정을 위해 측정 버튼 (2) [ ]을 짧게 누릅니다.

디스플레이 하단에 측정값이 표시됩니다.

다시 측정할 때마다 상기 제시된 과정을
반복하십시오. 마지막 측정값이 디스플
레이 하단에, 마지막에서 두번째 측정값
이 그 위에 차례로 표시됩니다.

연속 측정

연속 측정 시 측정공구가 상대적으로 대상물을 향해
움직일 수 있으며, 측정치는 0.5초마다 업데이트됩
니다. 예를 들어 벽면에서 원하는 간격까지 움직일
수 있으며, 현재 거리는 항상 판독 가능합니다.

연속 측정 을 선택하십시오.
레이저빔을 켜려면 측정 버튼 (2) [ ]을 짧게 누르

십시오.
디스플레이 하단에 원하는 거리값이 보일 때까지 측

정공구를 계속 움직입니다.

1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020) Bosch Power Tools

09.06.2017
13:20:23

0.0º

max

min

m

m

1.291
m

11.623

11.623

측정 버튼 (2) [ ]을 짧게 누르면 연속

09.06.2017
13:20:23

0.0º

43.050 m

2

m

4.640
m

9.279

09.06.2017
13:20:23

0.0º

m

4.640
m

9.279
m

13.919

599.276 m

3

09.06.2017
13:20:23

45º

m

37.116

45.0

26.245 m

09.06.2017
13:20:23

º

30º

32.852 m

m

48.873
m

56.335

35.5

09.06.2017
13:20:23

60º

m

153.104

60.0

76.552 m

09.06.2017
13:20:23

60º

m

3.624
m

2.456
m

4.872

4.356 m

측정이 중단됩니다. 디스플레이 하단에
현재 측정값이 표시됩니다. 최대 측정값
및 최소 측정값이 그 위에 표시됩니다.
측정 버튼 (2) [ ]을 다시 누르면 연속
측정이 새로 시작됩니다.

5분이 지나면 자동으로 연속 측정이 꺼집니다.

면적 측정

면적 측정 을 선택하십시오.
이어서 길이 측정 시와 같이 폭 및 길이를 연속으로

측정하십시오. 두 측정을 하는 동안 레이저빔이 계
속 켜져 있습니다. 측정해야 할 구간이 면적 측정용

표시기 에서 깜박입니다(표시 요소 (j) 참조).

첫 번째 측정값이 디스플레이 상단에 표
시됩니다.

두 번째 측정이 끝난 후에 면적이 자동
으로 계산되어 표시됩니다. 최종 결과가
디스플레이 하단에, 개별 측정값이 그
위에 표시됩니다.

체적 측정

체적 측정 을 선택하십시오.
이어서 길이 측정 시와 같이 폭, 길이 그리고 깊이를

연속으로 측정하십시오. 세 가지 측정이 이루어지는
사이에 레이저빔은 켜진 상태로 유지됩니다. 측정해

야 할 구간이 체적 측정용 표시기 에서 깜박입니
다(표시 요소 (j) 참조).

첫 번째 측정값이 디스플레이 상단에 표
시됩니다.

두 번째 측정이 끝난 후에 체적이 자동
으로 계산되어 표시됩니다. 최종 결과가
디스플레이 하단에, 개별 측정값이 그
위에 표시됩니다.

간접 거리 측정

간접 거리 측정 을 선택하십시오. 간접 거리 측정
의 경우 네 가지 측정 기능이 제공되어 상황에 맞춰
다양한 구간을 측정할 수 있습니다.

간접 거리 측정 기능은 장애물이 있어 레이저빔 측
정이 불가능하거나 표적면을 반사체로 이용할 수 없
어 거리를 직접 측정할 수 없을 경우 사용할 수 있습
니다. 이 측정방법은 수직 방향으로만 사용할 수 있
습니다. 수평 방향으로 사용하면 측정 오류가 발생
할 수 있습니다.

지침: 간접적인 거리 측정은 항상 직접적인 거리 측
정보다 정확도가 떨어집니다. 측정 오류는 사용에
따라 직접적인 거리 측정 시보다 점점 더 커집니다.
측정 정확도를 높이기 위해 삼각대(부속품)를 사용
하면 좋습니다. 개별 측정을 하는 동안 레이저빔은
켜져 있습니다.

a) 간접 높이 측정(그림 B 참조)

간접 높이 측정 을 선택하십시오.
이때 측정공구가 아래 측정점과 동일한 위치에 있도

록 해야 합니다. 그리고 나서 측정공구를 기준면 둘
레에 기울이고 거리 측정할 때와 같이 구간
“1” (디스플레이에 붉은색 라인으로 표시됨)을
측정하십시오.

한국어 | 33

측정을 마치고 나면 구하려는 구간
"X"가 결과 표시열 (a) 에 표시됩니다.
구간 "1"에 대한 측정치 및 각도 "α"는
측정치 표시열 (h) 에 표시됩니다.

b) 이중 간접 높이 측정(그림 C 참조)

측정공구를 통해 측정공구의 수직면에 놓인 모든 구
간을 간접적으로 측정할 수 있습니다. 이중 간접 높

이 측정 을 선택하십시오. 길이 측정할 때와 같이
구간 "1" 및 "2"를 순서대로 측정하십시오.

측정을 마치고 나면 구하려는 구간
"X"가 결과 표시열 (a) 에 표시됩니다.
구간 "1", "2"에 대한 측정치 및 각도
"α"는 측정치 표시열 (h) 에 표시됩니
다.

이때 측정 기준점(측정공구의 뒷 모서리
등)이 측정 과정 중 모든 개별 측정 시에 정확히 동
일한 위치에 있어야 합니다.

c) 간접 길이 측정(그림 D 참조)

간접 길이 측정 을 선택하십시오.
이때 측정공구가 구하려는 측정점과 동일한 높이에

있도록 해야 합니다. 그리고 나서 측정공구를 기준
면 둘레에 기울이고 길이 측정할 때와 같이 구간 "1"
을 측정하십시오.

측정을 마치고 나면 구하려는 구간

"X"가 결과 표시열 (a) 에 표시됩니다.

구간 "1"에 대한 측정치 및 각도 "α"는

측정치 표시열 (h) 에 표시됩니다.

d) 사다리꼴 측정(그림 E 참조)

예를 들어 지붕의 경사 길이를 측정할 경우에는 사
다리꼴 측정을 사용할 수 있습니다.

사다리꼴 측정 을 선택하십시오.
길이 측정할 때와 같이 구간 "1" “2” 및 "3"를 순

서대로 측정하십시오. 구간 “3” 측정은 정확하게
구간 “1”의 최종 지점에서 시작하고 구간
“1”과 “2” 사이 및 “1”과 “3” 사이에서 직
각을 이뤄야 함에 유의하십시오.

마지막 측정을 마치고 나면 구하려는 구

간 "X"가 결과 표시열 (a) 에 표시됩니

다. 측정치 표시열 (h) 에 개별 측정치가

적혀 있습니다.

벽 면적 측정(그림F 참조)

벽 면적 측정은 높이가 동일한 여러 단면적의 합한
값을 구하는데 사용할 수 있습니다. 제시된 예시에
서는 공간의 높이 H는 같지만, 길이 L이 서로 다른
여러 벽의 전체 면적을 산출해야 합니다.

벽 면적 측정 을 선택하십시오.
길이 측정할 때와 같이 공간 높이 H를 측정하십시

오. 상단 측정값행에 해당 측정값이 표시됩니다. 레
이저는 켜진 상태입니다.

Bosch Power Tools 1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020)

34 | 한국어

09.06.2017
13:20:23

0.0º

m

2.500
m

3.899

m

12.558

31.395 m

2

m0.483

0.500m

1

0.81x

m0.500

0.500m1x

1° 2° 3°

88.0°

09.06.2017
13:20:23

30º

32.852 m

44

m

48.873
m

56.335

35.5

º

2

09.06.2017
13:20:23

0.0º

55.049 m

2

m

2

51.300
m

3.749

+

그리고 나서 첫 번째 벽의 길이 L1을 측
정하십시오. 면적이 자동으로 계산되어
결과 표시열 (a) 에 표시됩니다. 마지막
길이 측정값은 하단 측정치 표시열 (h)
에 표시됩니다. 레이저는 켜진 상태입니
다.

이제 두 번째 벽의 길이 L2를 측정하십시오. 측정치
표시열 (h) 에 표시된 개별 측정값은 길이 L1 에 합
산됩니다. 두 길이를 합한 값(중간 측정치 표시열
(h) 에 표시)에 저장된 높이 H가 곱해집니다. 결과
표시열 (a) 에 전체 면적 측정값이 표시됩니다.

임의로 여러 개의 다른 길이 LX를 측정할 수 있으며,
측정된 값은 자동으로 합산되고 높이 H와 곱하여
계산됩니다. 정확하게 면적을 산출하려면 첫 번째로
측정한 길이(예시에서는 공간 높이 H)가 모든 측정
부분에서 동일해야 합니다.

분리 기능(그림G 참조)

분리 기능을 통해 반복하여 정해진 길이(구간)를 측
정합니다. 한 표면에서 정해진 길이 전송이 가능하
며, 작업 소재를 동일한 길이로 절단하거나 건식 벽
에 스터드 월을 설치할 때 등에 활용할 수 있습니다.
설정 가능한 최소 길이는 0.1 m이며, 최대 길이는
50 m입니다.

지침: 분리 기능에서 표시된 부분까지의 간격이 디
스플레이에 표시됩니다. 측정공구의 모서리는 기준
점이 아닙니다.

분리 기능 을 선택하십시오.
버튼 (4) [+] 또는 버튼 (11) [–] 을 눌러 원하는 길

이를 설정하십시오.
측정 버튼 (2) [ ]을 눌러 시작한 후, 시작 지점에

서 서서히 벗어나십시오.

측정공구는 계속해서 시작 지점과의 간
격을 측정합니다. 이때 정의된 길이 및
현재 측정값이 표시됩니다. 하단 또는
상단의 화살표는 다음 표시 또는 마지막
표시와의 최소 거리 간격을 표시합니다.

지침: 계속해서 측정을 진행할 경우 측정 버튼 (2)
[ ]을 눌러 측정된 값을 정의된 길이로 설정할 수도
있습니다.

좌측의 계수는 정의된 길이에 얼마나 도
달했는지 알려줍니다. 디스플레이 측면
의 녹색 화살표는 길이에 도달했음을 표
시하기 위한 목적으로 나타납니다.

기준값이 디스플레이 영역을 벗어난 경
우, 적색 화살표 또는 적색 문자 표시가 실제값을 나
타냅니다.

경사 측정/디지털 수준기

경사도 측정/디지털 수준기 를 선택하십시오.
측정공구는 두 가지 상태 사이에서 자동으로 전환됩

니다.

디지털 수준기는 (예를 들어 세탁기, 냉

장고 등) 물체의 수평 또는 수직 방향을

점검하는 데 사용됩니다.

경사가 3°를 초과하면, 디스플레이의 구

가 적색으로 점등됩니다.

측정공구의 아랫면은 디지털 수준기의 기준 레벨 역
할을 합니다.

경사 측정은 (예를 들어 계단, 난간, 가
구를 들여올 때, 파이프를 배선할 때 등)
경사 또는 기울기를 측정하는 데 사용됩
니다.

측정공구의 좌측은 경사 측정을 위한 기

준점 역할을 합니다. 측정 과정 중에 표
시기가 깜박이면 측정공구가 지나치게 옆으로 기울
여졌기 때문입니다.

메모리 기능

측정이 종료될 때마다 해당 값 또는 최종 결과는 자
동으로 저장됩니다.

메모리값 표시기

최대 50개의 값(측정값)을 불러올 수 있습니다.
소프트 버튼(12) [ ]을 눌러 저장 기능을 선택하

십시오.

디스플레이 상단에 메모리 값의 번호가

표시되고, 하단에는 해당 메모리 값과

해당 측정 기능이 표시됩니다.

저장된 값들을 앞으로 넘기려면 버

튼(4) [+]을 누릅니다.

저장된 값들을 뒤로 넘기려면 버튼(11)
[–]을 누릅니다.

메모리에 저장된 값이 없으면, 디스플레이 하단에
"0.000" 및 상단에 "0"이 표시됩니다.

(제공되는 50개의 메모리 값 중에서) 가장 오래된
값은 메모리의 위치 1에, 마지막 값은 위치 50에 위
치합니다. 다른 값을 저장하면 항상 메모리에서 가
장 오래된 값이 삭제됩니다.

메모리 삭제하기

메모리를 열려면 소프트 버튼 (12) [ ]을 누르십
시오. 측정값을 삭제하려면 원하는 만큼 지금까지와
반대 순서로 소프트 버튼 (3) [ ]을 누르십시오.
메모리 내용 전체를 삭제하려면 소프트 버튼 (3)
[ ] 및 줌 버튼 (5) 을 누르십시오.

값 더하기/빼기

측정값 또는 최종 결과는 더하거나 뺄 수 있습니다.

값 더하기

다음과 같은 예시는 면적 더하는 방식을 설명합니
다: “면적 측정” 단락에 따라 면적을 산출하십시
오 (참조 „면적 측정“, 페이지33).

버튼 (4) [+] 을 누르십시오. 산출된 면

적 및 기호 “+”가 표시됩니다. 다른 면

적 측정을 시작하려면 다시 측정 버튼

(2) [ ]을 누르십시오. “면적 측정”

단락에 따라 면적을 산출하십시오 (참조

„면적 측정“, 페이지33). 두 번째 측정
이 완료되면, 두 번째 면적 측정의 결과가 디스플레
이 하단에 표시됩니다. 최종 결과를 나타내려면 다
시 측정 버튼 (2) [ ]을 누르십시오.

지침: 길이 측정 시에는 결과가 즉시 표시됩니다.

1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020) Bosch Power Tools

값 빼기

값을 빼려면 버튼 (11) [–] 을 누르십시오. 다른 작
업 절차는 "값 더하기"와 동일하게 진행됩니다.

측정치 삭제하기

모든 측정 기능에서 전원-삭제 버튼 (9) [ ]을 짧게
눌러서 마지막으로 측정된 값을 삭제할 수 있습니
다.

Bluetooth

다른 기기로의 데이터 전송

본 측정공구에는
며, 이 모듈은 무선 기술을 이용하여
터페이스가 있는 특정한 모바일 단말기에 데이터를
전송합니다(예: 스마트폰, 태블릿).

블루투스

정보는 보쉬 인터넷 사이트 www.bosch-pt.com에
서 확인할 수 있습니다.

u 보다 상세한 정보는 보쉬 제품 사이트에서 확인

할 수 있습니다.

Bluetooth®

바일 단말기와 측정공구 간에 시간 지연이 있을 수
있습니다. 이는 두 기기 간의 거리 때문일 수도 있
고, 측정 대상 자체에 원인이 있을 수도 있습니다.

모바일 단말기로 데이터를 전송하기 위해

Bluetooth

Bluetooth®

집니다.
[+]을 누르십시오. 모바일 단말기에 있는

Bluetooth®

십시오.
모바일 단말기의 기능 범위를 넓히고 데이터 처리를

간소화하기 위해 전용 보쉬 애플리케이션(앱)
“Measuring Master”를 사용할 수 있습니다. 단
말기에 따라 해당 스토어에서 다운받으실 수 있습니
다.

보쉬 애플리케이션을 시작하면 모바일 단말기와 측
정공구 사이에 연결이 생성됩니다. 활성화된 여러
개의 측정공구 중에 일련 번호에 따라 적합한 것을
고르십시오. 일련 번호 (15) 는 측정공구의 타입 표
시판에 적혀 있습니다.

연결 상태 및 활성화된 연결 (f) 은 측정공구의 디스
플레이 (1) 에 표시됩니다.

Bluetooth

Bluetooth®

다.

Bluetooth®

[–]을 누르거나 측정공구의 전원을 끄십시오.

® 인터페이스

Bluetooth®

® 연결에 필요한 시스템 전제조건에 관한

를 이용하여 데이터를 전송할 경우 모

® 인터페이스 활성화

인터페이스 활성화는 설정에서 이루어

Bluetooth®

® 인터페이스 비활성화

신호를 활성화하려면 버튼 (4)

인터페이스가 활성화되었는지 확인하

연결 비활성화는 설정에서 이루어집니

신호를 비활성화하려면 버튼 (11)

모듈이 장착되어 있으

Bluetooth®

인

사용 방법

u 보다 상세한 정보는 보쉬 제품 사이트에서 확인

할 수 있습니다.

u 측정공구에는 무선 인터페이스가 장착되어 있습

니다. 비행기나 병원 등 장소에 따른 제약에 주의
하십시오.

한국어 | 35

일반 사항

측정 시 수신 렌즈 (18), 레이저빔 발사구 (19) 및
카메라 (20) 가 가려지지 않도록 하십시오.

측정공구는 측정 중 움직임이 있어서는 안 되므로
최대한 접촉면에 단단히 고정되도록 하십시오.

측정 범위에 미치는 영향

측정 범위는 조명 조건 및 표적면의 반사 정도에 따
라 달라질 수 있습니다. 외부 광선이 강한 경우 레이
저빔을 더 잘 알아볼 수 있도록 내장된 카메라 (20),
레이저 보안경 (26) (액세서리) 및 레이저 표적판
(25) (액세서리)을 사용하거나, 대상면을 어둡게 하
십시오.

측정 결과에 미치는 영향

다양한 표면에 측정할 경우 물리적인 이유로 인해
측정 오류가 생길 수 있습니다. 예:

– 투명한 표면(예: 유리, 물)
– 반사 표면(예: 광택 처리된 금속, 유리)
– 기공 표면(예: 단열재)
– 구조화된 표면(예: 초벽칠, 천연 석재)
이러한 표면에는 필요에 따라 레이저 표적판 (25)

(액세서리)을 사용하십시오.
표적면에 비스듬히 조준한 경우 측정 오류가 생길

수 있습니다.
또한 공기층의 온도가 상이하거나 혹은 간접적인 반

사가 이루어진 경우에도 측정 결과에 지장이 있을
수 있습니다.

정확도 점검 및 경사 측정 보정(그림 H 참 조)

경사 측정의 정확도를 정기적으로 검사하십시오. 이
는 역측정으로 이루어집니다. 우선 측정공구를 책상
위에 놓고 그 경사를 측정합니다. 측정공구를 180°
돌린 후 다시 경사를 측정합니다. 표시된 숫자의 편
차가 최대 0.3° 이하여야 합니다.

편차가 클 경우 측정공구를 새로 재보정해야 합니
다. 이를 위해 설정에서 을 선택하십시오. 디스

플레이에 나온 지시대로 따르십시오.
심한 온도 변화를 겪었거나 충격을 받은 경우, 측정

공구의 정확도를 점검해 본 후 필요에 따라 보정하
기를 권장합니다. 온도 변화 후 측정공구를 보정하
기 전에, 일정 시간동안 측정공구가 온도에 적응할
수 있도록 해야 합니다.

거리 측정 정확도 점검

측정공구의 정확도는 다음과 같이 점검할 수 있습니
다.

– 길이가 정확히 알려져 있는 약 3m에서 10m 사

이의 장기간 변화하지 않는 측정 구간을 선택하
십시오(예: 공간 폭이나 문 크기 등). 측정은 적절
한 조건 하에서 이루어져야 합니다. 즉, 측정 구간
이 배경 조명이 약한 상태에서 실내 공간 내에 위
치해야 하며 측정 표적면은 매끄럽고 잘 반사되
어야 합니다(예: 흰색으로 칠한 벽).

– 해당 구간을 10회 연속으로 측정하십시오.

Bosch Power Tools 1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020)

36 | 한국어

적절한 조건 하의 전체 측정 구간에서 평균값과 개
별 측정에서 나타나는 편차는 최대  ±2mm 정도 되
어야 합니다. 추후에 정확도를 비교할 수 있도록 측
정치를 기록해 놓으십시오.

뷰파인더(십자선)의 정확도 점검 및 보정

레이저 및 뷰파인더의 정렬 상태의 정확도를 주기적
으로 점검하십시오.

– 타겟으로 최소 5 m 이상 떨어진 곳에서 조명이

최소화된 밝은 면(예: 흰색으로 칠한 벽)을 선택
하십시오.

– 레이저 포인트가 디스플레이의 뷰파인더 내에 위

치하는지 점검하십시오.

레이저 포인트가 뷰파인더 내에 위치하지 않는 경
우, 뷰파인더를 새로 보정해야 합니다.

이를 위해 설정에서 을 선택하십시오. 디스플레
이에 나온 지시대로 따르십시오.

(5 m가 넘는) 긴 거리에서는 측정 지점 표시를 위해
대상물 표시도 화면에 나타납니다.

삼각대(액세서리)를 이용해 작업하기

특히 먼거리를 측정할 때 삼각대를 사용하는 것이
필요합니다. 1/4" 나사부 (17) 와 함께 측정공구를
삼각대 (27) 의 순간 교환 플레이트 혹은 일반 카메
라 삼각대 위에 놓습니다. 그리고 나서 이를 순간 교
환 플레이트의 고정 나사를 사용하여 고정하십시오.

설정에서 측정을 위한 기준 레벨을 설정하십시오
(삼각대 기준 레벨).

고장 - 원인 및 대책

원인 해결 방법

온도 경고가 깜박이고, 측정이 불가능한 경우

측정공구가 작동 온도 –
10 °C ~ +45 °C를 벗어
나 있습니다(연속 측정
기능 사용 시 최대 +40
°C까지).

디스플레이에 “Error” 표시

측정 단위가 서로 다른
측정치를 더하거나 뺀 경
우입니다.

레이저빔과 표적 간의 각
도가 좁습니다.

표적면 반사가 너무 심하
거나(예: 거울) 너무 약
하거나(예: 검은색 소재)
또는 주변 조명이 너무
강합니다.

레이저빔 발사구 (19),
수신 렌즈 (18) 또는 카
메라 (20) 에 김이 서렸
습니다(예: 급속한 온도
변경).

측정공구가 작동 온도에
도달할 때까지 기다리십
시오.

동일한 측정 단위의 측정
치만을 더하거나 빼십시
오.

레이저빔과 표적 간의 각
도를 넓힙니다.

레이저 표적판 (25) (액
세서리) 사용하십시오.

부드러운 천으로 레이저
빔 발사구 (19), 수신 렌
즈 (18) 또는 카메라

(20) 를 닦아주십시오.

원인 해결 방법

산출된 값은 1 999 999
보다 크거나 -999 999
m/m2/m3 보다 작습니
다.

디스플레이에 "CAL" 또는 "Error" 표시

경사 측정의 재보정이 정
확한 순서대로 이루어지
지 않았거나 올바른 위치
에서 실시되지 않았습니
다.

재보정에 사용된 표면이
정확히 수직이나 수평으
로 맞추어지지 않았습니
다.

버튼을 누를 때 측정공구
가 움직이거나 기울어졌
습니다.

측정결과가 타당하지 않음

표적면이 명확하게 반사
되지 않습니다(예: 물, 유
리).

레이저빔 발사구 (19),
수신 렌즈 (18) 또는 카
메라 (20) 가 가려져 있
습니다.

기준 레벨이 잘못 설정되
었습니다.

레이저빔 구간에 장애가
있습니다.

Bluetooth®

배터리가 너무 약합니다. 배터리를 교환합니다

Bluetooth®
Bluetooth®

활성화 불가능

가 연결되지 않음
연결 장애 측정공구 및 모바일 단말

측정을 나누어서 하십시
오.

디스플레이와 사용 설명
서에 나온 대로 재보정을
반복하십시오.

수직이나 수평의 표면에
다시 재보정하고, 경우에
따라 수준기를 사용하여
먼저 표면을 확인해 보십
시오.

재보정을 반복하고 버튼
을 누를 때 측정공구를
표면 위에서 가만히 잡은
채 유지하십시오.

표적면을 가려주십시오.

레이저빔 발사구 (19),
수신 렌즈 (18) 또는 카
메라 (20) 를 노출시키십
시오.

기준 레벨을 측정하려는
것에 맞게 선택하십시오.

레이저 초점이 완전히 표
적면에 있어야 합니다.

기에서

Bluetooth®

껐다가 다시 켜십시오.
모바일 단말기의 애플리

케이션을 점검하십시오.
측정공구 및 모바일 단말

기의

Bluetooth®

성화 되었는지 확인하십
시오.

모바일 단말기가 과부하
상태인지 확인하십시오.

측정공구와 모바일 단말
기 사이의 거리를 줄이십
시오.

측정공구와 모바일 단말
기 사이에 장애물(예: 철
근 콘크리트, 금속문)이
없도록 하십시오. 전자기

가 활

를

1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020) Bosch Power Tools

원인 해결 방법

적 장애원(예: 무선 랜 송
신기)으로부터 거리를 유
지하십시오.

본 측정공구는 측정할 때마다 제대로 작
동하는지 감시합니다. 결함이 확인되면,
디스플레이에 옆에 있는 기호만 표시됩
니다. 모든 표시가 깜박이는 경우, 또는

상기 언급된 해결 방법으로 고장을 해결
할 수 없는 경우, 딜러를 통해 보쉬 서비스 센터에
측정공구를 보내십시오.

보수 정비 및 서비스

보수 정비 및 유지

항상 측정공구를 깨끗이 유지하십시오.
측정공구를 물이나 다른 액체에 넣지 마십시오.
물기있는 부드러운 천으로 오염된 부위를 깨끗이 닦

으십시오. 세척제 또는 용제를 사용하지 마십시오.
특히 수신 렌즈 (18), 레이저 발사구 (19) 및 카메라

(20) 를 세심하게 청소하십시오: 수신 렌즈, 레이저
발사구 및 카메라에 오염 물질이 남아 있지 않도록
유의하십시오. 수신 렌즈, 레이저 발사구 및 카메라
는 사진기 렌즈에 적합한 도구로만 닦으십시오. 뾰
족한 물건으로 수신 렌즈, 레이저 발사구 또는 카메
라에 있는 먼지를 제거하려 하지 말고, 그 위쪽에서
닦아내지 마십시오(스크래치 위험).

수리하는 경우 측정공구를 안전 케이스 (23) 에 넣
어 보내주십시오.

AS 센터 및 사용 문의

AS 센터에서는 귀하 제품의 수리 및 보수정비, 그리
고 부품에 관한 문의를 받고 있습니다. 대체 부품에
관한 분해 조립도 및 정보는 인터넷에서도 찾아 볼
수 있습니다 - www.bosch-pt.com
보쉬 사용 문의 팀에서는 보쉬의 제품 및 해당 액세
서리에 관한 질문에 기꺼이 답변 드릴 것입니다.

문의나 대체 부품 주문 시에는 반드시 제품 네임 플
레이트에 있는 10자리의 부품번호를 알려 주십시
오.

콜센터
080-955-0909

다른 AS 센터 주소는 아래 사이트에서 확인할 수 있 습니다:

www.bosch-pt.com/serviceaddresses

처리

측정공구, 액세서리 및 포장 등은 친환경적인 방법
으로 재활용될 수 있도록 분류하십시오.

측정공구 및 배터리를 가정용 쓰레기에 버
리지 마십시오!

해당 무선설비는 전파혼신 가능성이 있으므로 인명
안전과 관련된 서비스는 할 수 없습니다 .

ไทย | 37

ไทย

กฎระเบียบเพื่อความปลอดภัย

ส่งเครื่องมือวัดให้ช่างผู้เชี่ยวชาญตรวจ
ซ่อมและใช้อะไหล่เปลี่ยนของแท้เท่านั้น หาก
ไม่ใช้เครื่องมือวัดตามคำแนะนำเหล่านี้

ระบบป้องกันเบ็ดเสร็จในเครื่องมือวัดอาจได้
รับผลกระทบ อย่าทำให้ป้ายเตือนที่อยู่บนเครื่องมือวัดนี้ลบ
เลือน เก็บรักษาคำแนะนำเหล่านี้ไว้ให้ดี และหากเครื่องมือ
วัดนี้ถูกส่งต่อไปยังผู้อื่น ให้ส่งมอบคำแนะนำเหล่านี้ไปด้วย

u ข้อควรระวัง - การใช้อุปกรณ์ทำงานหรืออุปกรณ์ปรับ

เปลี่ยนอื่นๆ นอกเหนือไปจากที่ระบุไว้ในที่นี้ หรือการใช้
วิธีการอื่นๆ อาจนำไปสู่การสัมผัสกับรังสีอันตรายได้

u เครื่องมือวัดนี้จัดส่งมาพร้อมป้ายเตือนแสงเลเซอร์

(แสดงในหน้าภาพประกอบของเครื่องมือวัด)

u หากข้อความของป้ายเตือนแสงเลเซอร์ไม่ได้เป็นภาษา

ของท่าน ให้ติดสติกเกอร์ที่จัดส่งมาที่พิมพ์เป็นภาษา
ของท่านทับลงบนข้อความก่อนใช้งานครั้งแรก

อย่าเล็งลำแสงเลเซอร์ไปยังคนหรือสัตว์ และ
ตัวท่านเองอย่าจ้องมองเข้าในลำแสงเลเซอร์
โดยตรงหรือลำแสงเลเซอร์สะท้อน การกระ

ทำดังกล่าวอาจทำให้คนตาพร่า ทำให้เกิด
อุบัติเหตุ หรือทำให้ดวงตาเสียหายได้

u ถ้าแสงเลเซอร์เข้าตา ต้องปิดตาและหันศีรษะออกจาก

ลำแสงในทันที

u อย่าทำการเปลี่ยนแปลงใดๆ ที่อุปกรณ์เลเซอร์
u อย่าใช้แว่นสำหรับมองแสงเลเซอร์ (อุปกรณ์เสริม) เป็น

แว่นนิรภัย แว่นสำหรับมองแสงเลเซอร์ใช้สำหรับมอง
ลำแสงเลเซอร์ให้เห็นชัดเจนยิ่งขึ้น แต่ไม่ได้ช่วยป้องกัน
รังสีเลเซอร์

u อย่าใช้แว่นสำหรับมองแสงเลเซอร์ (อุปกรณ์เสริม) เป็น

แว่นกันแดดหรือใส่ขับรถยนต์แว่นสำหรับมองแสง
เลเซอร์ไม่สามารถป้องกันรังสีอัลตราไวโอเลต (UV) ได้
อย่างสมบูรณ์ และยังลดความสามารถในการมองเห็นสี

u ส่งเครื่องมือวัดให้ช่างผู้เชี่ยวชาญตรวจ

ซ่อมและใช้อะไหล่เปลี่ยนของแท้เท่านั้น

ทั้งนี้เพื่อให้มั่นใจได้ว่าจะสามารถใช้งานเครื่องมือ
วัดได้อย่างปลอดภัยเสมอ

u อย่าให้เด็กใช้เครื่องมือวัดด้วยเลเซอร์โดยไม่ควบคุม

ดูแล เด็กๆ อาจทำให้คนตาพร่าโดยไม่ตั้งใจ

u อย่าใช้เครื่องมือวัดในสภาพแวดล้อมที่เสี่ยงต่อการ

ระเบิด ซึ่งเป็นที่ที่มีของเหลว แก๊ซ หรือฝุ่นที่ติดไฟได้

Bosch Power Tools 1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020)

38 | ไทย

ในเครื่องมือวัดสามารถเกิดประกายไฟซึ่งอาจจุดฝุ่นละออง
หรือไอระเหยให้ติดไฟได้

u เเครื่องมือวัดมีอินเทอร์เฟซคลื่นวิทยุสำหรับเชื่อมโยง

สื่อสารแบบไร้สายต้องปฏิบัติตามข้อจำกัดการทำงาน
ในพื้นที่ ต. ย. เช่น ในเครื่องบิน หรือโรงพยาบาล

เครื่องหมายข้อความ

Bluetooth

® และยี้ห้อเป็น

เครื่องหมายการค้าจดทะเบียนและเป็นกรรมสิทธิ์ของ
Bluetooth SIG, Inc. บริษัท Robert Bosch Power
Tools GmbH ได้รับใบอนุญาตใช้งานเครื่องหมาย
ข้อความ/โลโก้ดังกล่าว

u ระวัง! การใช้เครื่องมือวัดกับ

Bluetooth

® อาจ

รบกวนอุปกรณ์และระบบอื่นๆ เครื่องบิน และอุปกรณ์
ทางการแพทย์ (ต. ย. เช่น เครื่องกระตุ้นหัวใจ เครื่อง
ช่วยฟัง) นอกจากนี้ยังอาจเกิดความเสียหายต่อคนและ
สัตว์ในบริเวณใกล้เคียงด้วย อย่าใช้เครื่องมือวัดกับ

Bluetooth

® ใกล้ๆ อุปกรณ์ทางการแพทย์ สถานี

บริการน้ำมัน โรงงานเคมี พื้นที่ที่เสี่ยงต่อการระเบิด
และในพื้นที่ทำการระเบิด อย่าใช้เครื่องมือวัดกับ

Bluetooth

® ในเครื่องบิน หลีกเลี่ยงการทำงานเป็น

ระยะเวลานานตรงบริเวณใกล้ร่างกายโดยตรง

รายละเอียดผลิตภัณฑ์และข้อมูล จำเพาะ

กรุณาดูภาพประกอบในส่วนหน้าของคู่มือการใช้งาน

ประโยชน์การใช้งาน

เครื่องมือวัดนี้ใช้สำหรับวัดระยะทาง ความยาว ความสูง ช่อง
ว่าง ความลาดชัน และสำหรับคำนวณพื้นที่และปริมาตร

ผลจากการวัดสามารถถ่ายโอนไปยังอุปกรณ์อื่นๆ ผ่าน

Bluetooth®

เครื่องมือวัดนี้เหมาะสำหรับใช้งานทั้งภายในและภายนอก
อาคาร

ส่วนประกอบผลิตภัณฑ์

ลำดับเลขของส่วนประกอบอ้างถึงส่วนประกอบของเครื่องมือ
วัดที่แสดงในหน้าภาพประกอบ

(1) จอแสดงผล
(2) ปุ่มวัด [ ] (ใช้ได้ด้านหน้าหรือด้านข้าง)
(3) ซอฟต์คีย์ [ ]
(4) ปุ่มบวก [+] /เลือกไปทางขวา
(5) ปุ่มซูม
(6) ที่เกี่ยวสายหิ้ว
(7) ปุ่มปลดล็อค หมุดวัด

(8) หมุดวัด
(9)

ปุ่มเปิด-ปิด-ลบ [ ]

(10) ปุ่มช่องมองภาพ
(11) ปุ่มลบ [−] /เลือกไปทางซ้าย
(12) ซอฟต์คีย์ [ ]
(13) ปุ่มฟังก์ชั่น [Func]
(14) ป้ายเตือนแสงเลเซอร์
(15) หมายเลขเครื่อง
(16) ฝาช่องใส่แบตเตอรี่
(17) เกลียวขาตั้งแบบสามขา 1/4"
(18) เลนส์รับแสง
(19) ทางออกลำแสงเลเซอร์
(20) กล้องถ่ายรูป
(21) สลักหมุน
(22) แบตเตอรี่
(23) กระเป๋าใส่เครื่องมือวัด
(24) สายหิ้ว
(25) แผ่นเป้าหมายเลเซอร์
(26) แว่นตาสำหรับมองแสงเลเซอร์
(27) ขาตั้งแบบสามขา

A) อุปกรณ์ประกอบที่แสดงภาพหรืออธิบายไม่รวมอยู่ในการ

จัดส่งมาตรฐาน
กรุณาดูอุปกรณ์ประกอบทั้งหมดในรายการแสดงอุปกรณ์ประ
กอบของเรา

A)

A)

A)

ชิ้นส่วนแสดงผล

(a) บรรทัดผลลัพธ์
(b) ช่องมองภาพ (กากบาท)
(c) สัญลักษณ์ มุมเอียง
(d) วันที่/เวลา
(e) ระนาบอ้างอิงของการวัด
(f) สถานะการเชื่อมต่อ

Bluetooth®
Bluetooth®

ไม่ถูกเรียกใช้งาน

ถูกเรียกใช้งาน มีการ

เชื่อมต่อ

(g) ไฟแสดงสถานะการชาร์จแบตเตอรี่
(h) บรรทัดแสดงค่าจากการวัด
(i) การตั้งค่า (ซอฟต์คีย์)
(j) ฟังก์ชั่นการวัดที่เลือก
(k) หน่วยความจำภายใน (ซอฟต์คีย์)

1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020) Bosch Power Tools

ไทย | 39

(l) ฟังก์ชั่นความช่วยเหลือเบ็ดเสร็จ (ซอฟต์คีย์)
(m) ย้อนกลับ (ซอฟต์คีย์)
(n) หน้าจอเริ่มต้น (ซอฟต์คีย์)
(o) การตั้งค่าอุปกรณ์

ข้อมูลทางเทคนิค

เครื่องวัดระยะด้วยเลเซอร์
แบบดิจิทัล

หมายเลขสินค้า
ช่วงการวัด (ปกติ)
ช่วงการวัด (ปกติ

สภาวะที่ไม่เหมาะสม)
ความแม่นยำการวัด (ปกติ)
ความแม่นยำการวัด (ปกติ

สภาวะที่ไม่เหมาะสม)
หน่วยแสดงการวัดต่ำสุด

การวัดระยะทางทางอ้อมและระดับน้ำ

ช่วงการวัด

การวัดความลาดชัน

ช่วงการวัด
ความแม่นยำการวัด (ปกติ)
หน่วยแสดงการวัดต่ำสุด

ทั่วไป

อุณหภูมิใช้งาน
อุณหภูมิเก็บรักษา
ช่วงอุณหภูมิที่อนุญาตให้

ชาร์จ
ความชื้นสัมพัทธ์ สูงสุด
ความสูงใช้งานเหนือระดับ

อ้างอิง สูงสุด
ระดับมลพิษตาม

IEC61010-1
ระดับเลเซอร์
ชนิดเลเซอร์

650 นิวตันเมตร, < 1 มิลลิ

เส้นผ่าศูนย์กลางลำแสงเลเซอร์ (ที่ 25 °C) โดยประมาณ
– ที่ระยะ 10 ม.
– ที่ระยะ 100 ม.

GLM 150 C

3 601 K72 F..

0.08–150 ม.

0.08–60 ม.

±1.5 มม.
±3.0 มม.

0.5 มม.

0°–360° (4x90°)

0°–360° (4x90°)

±0.2°

–10 °C ...+45°C

–20 °C ...+70 °C

+5°C...+40°C

90 %

2000 ม.

9มม.

90มม.

C)D)E)

0.1°

2

วัตต์

เครื่องวัดระยะด้วยเลเซอร์
แบบดิจิทัล

ระบบปิดสวิทช์อัตโนมัติ ภายในประมาณ
– เลเซอร์
– เครื่องมือวัด (เมื่อไม่มี

การวัด)
แบตเตอรี่
น้ำหนักตามระเบียบการ-

EPTA-Procedure
01:2014

A)

B)

A)

B)

ขนาด
ระดับการคุ้มกัน

การถ่ายทอดข้อมูล

142 (176) x 64 x 28 มม.
IP54 (ป้องกันฝุ่นและน้ำ

Bluetooth®

ย่านความถี่ใช้งาน

2402 – 2480 เมกะเฮิรตซ์

กำลังส่ง สูงสุด

A) สำหรับการวัดจากขอบหน้าของเครื่องมือวัด ใช้ได้กับเป้าหมายที่

มีการสะท้อนแสงมาก (ต. ย. เช่น ผนังทาสีขาว) แสงไฟพื้นหลัง
อ่อน และอุณหภูมิใช้งาน 25 °C นอกจากนี้ต้องนำส่วนเบี่ยงเบน
± 0.05 มม./ม. มาพิจารณาด้วย

B) สำหรับการวัดจากขอบหน้าของเครื่องมือวัด ใช้ได้กับเป้าหมายที่

มีการสะท้อนแสงมาก (ต. ย. เช่น ผนังทาสีขาว) และแสงไฟพื้น
หลังแรง นอกจากนี้ต้องนำส่วนเบี่ยงเบน ± 0.15 มม./ม. มา

F)

G)

2

พิจารณาด้วย

C) หลังการสอบเทียบที่ 0° และ 90° ข้อผิดพลาดความลาดเอียง

เพิ่มเติมสูงสุด ±0.01°/องศา ถึง 45°ความแม่นยำการวัดหมาย
ถึงการสอบเทียบการวัดความลาดชันโดยจัดวางสามทิศทาง ดู
ภาพประกอบ H

D) ที่อุณหภูมิใช้งาน 25 °C
E) สำหรับการวัดความลาดชัน ให้ใช้ด้านซ้ายของเครื่องมือวัดเป็น

ระนาบอ้างอิง
F) ในฟังก์ชันการวัดต่อเนื่องอุณหภูมิใช้งานสูงสุดคือ +40 °C
G) มลพิษที่ไม่นำไฟฟ้าเท่านั้น ซึ่งในบางครั้งจะกลายเป็นนำไฟฟ้าได้

ชั่วคราวเนื่องจากการกลั่นตัวที่ได้คาดว่าจะเกิดขึ้น
H) เวลาปิดเครื่องอัตโนมัติสามารถปรับได้ (2, 5, 10 นาที หรือไม่

ปิด)
I) สำหรับอุปกรณ์

ต่อ ทั้งนี้ขึ้นอยู่กับรุ่นและระบบปฏิบัติการ อุปกรณ์

ต้องสนับสนุน GATT-Profile

หมายเลขเครื่อง (15) บนแผ่นป้ายรุ่นมีไว้เพื่อระบุเครื่องมือวัดของ
ท่าน

Bluetooth®

Low Energy อาจไม่มีการเชื่อม

GLM 150 C

20 วินาที

5 นาที

3 x 1.5 V LR6 (AA)

0.23 กก.

กระเด็นเปียก)

Bluetooth®

(4.2 low energy)

8 มิลลิวัตต์

Bluetooth®

H)

I)

Bosch Power Tools 1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020)

40 | ไทย

การติดตั้ง

การใส่/การเปลี่ยนแบตเตอรี่

สำหรับการใช้งานเครื่องมือวัด ขอแนะนำให้ใช้แบตเตอรี่อัล
คาไลน์แมงกานีส

– กดปุ่มปลดล็อค (7) และกางหมุดวัด (8) ออก 180°
– หากต้องการเปิดฝาช่องใส่แบตเตอรี่ (16) ให้พลิกสลัก

หมุน (21) ขึ้นและหมุนทวนเข็มนาฬิกาไปหนึ่งในสี่ของ
รอบ เปิดฝาช่องใส่แบตเตอรี่โดยดึงสลักหมุนขึ้น ใส่
แบตเตอรี่เข้าไป ขณะใส่แบตเตอรี่ต้องดูให้ขั้วแบตเตอรี่อยู่
ในตำแหน่งที่ถูกต้องตามที่กำหนดไว้ที่ด้านในช่องใส่
แบตเตอรี่

u เมื่อไม่ใช้งานเครื่องมือวัดเป็นเวลานาน ต้องถอด

แบตเตอรี่ออก แบตเตอรี่สามารถกัดกร่อนในระหว่างเก็บ
รักษาเป็นเวลานาน และปล่อยประจุออกเองได้

u ข้อสังเกต: TrackMyTools ทำงานเฉพาะเมื่อมี

แบตเตอรี่ใส่อยู่เท่านั้น

การปฏิบัติงาน

การเริ่มต้นปฏิบัติงาน

u อย่าวางเครื่องมือวัดที่เปิดสวิทช์ทิ้งไว้โดยไม่มีผู้ดูแล

และปิดสวิทช์เครื่องมือวัดเมื่อเลิกใช้งาน คนอื่นอาจ
ตาพร่าจากแสงเลเซอร์ได้

u ป้องกันไม่ให้เครื่องมือวัดได้

รับความชื้นและโดนแสงแดดส่องโดยตรง

u อย่าให้เครื่องมือวัดได้รับอุณหภูมิที่สูงมาก หรือรับ

อุณหภูมิที่เปลี่ยนแปลงมาก ต. ย. เช่น อย่าปล่อยเครื่อง
ไว้ในรถยนต์เป็นเวลานาน ในกรณีที่อุณหภูมิมีการ
เปลี่ยนแปลงมาก ต้องปล่อยให้เครื่องมือวัดปรับตัวเข้ากับ
อุณหภูมิรอบด้านก่อนใช้งาน ในกรณีที่ได้รับอุณหภูมิที่สูง
มากหรือรับอุณหภูมิที่เปลี่ยนแปลงมาก เครื่องมือวัดอาจมี
ความแม่นยำน้อยลง

u หลีกเลี่ยงอย่าให้เครื่องมือวัดตกหล่นหรือถูกกระทบ

อย่างรุนแรง เมื่อเครื่องมือวัดถูกกระทบจากภายนอก
อย่างแรง ขอแนะนำให้ทำการตรวจสอบความแม่นยำทุก
ครั้งก่อนนำมาใช้งานต่อ (ดู "การตรวจสอบความแม่นยำ
ของการวัดระยะทาง", หน้า46)

u เครื่องมือวัดมีอินเตอร์เฟสคลื่นวิทยุสำหรับเชื่อมโยง

สื่อสารแบบไร้สาย ต้องปฏิบัติตามข้อจำกัดการทำงาน
ในพื้นที่ ต. ย. เช่น ในเครื่องบิน หรือโรงพยาบาล

การเปิด-ปิดเครื่อง

ขณะทำงาน ต้องตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าเลนส์รับแสง (18)
ทางออกลำแสงเลเซอร์ (19) และกล้องถ่ายรูป (20) ไม่ถูก
ปิดหรือบดบัง มิฉะนั้นจะไม่สามารถวัดค่าได้อย่างถูกต้อง

– เปิดสวิทช์เครื่องมือวัดและเลเซอร์โดยกดปุ่มวัด (2) [ ]

ที่อยู่ด้านหน้าหรือด้านข้างสั้นๆ

– เปิดสวิทช์เครื่องมือวัดแต่ไม่เปิดเลเซอร์โดยกดปุ่มเปิด-ปิด-

ลบ (9) [ ] สั้นๆ

u อย่าส่องลำแสงเลเซอร์ไปยังคนหรือสัตว์ และอย่าจ้อง

มองลำแสงเลเซอร์แม้จะอยู่ในระยะไกล
ปิดสวิทช์เลเซอร์โดยกดปุ่มเปิด-ปิด-ลบ (9) [ ] สั้นๆ
ปิดสวิทช์กล้องถ่ายรูปโดยกดปุ่มช่องมองภาพ (10)
ปิดสวิทช์เครื่องมือวัดโดยกดปุ่มเปิด-ปิด-ลบ (9) [ ] ค้างไว้

เมื่อปิดสวิทช์เครื่องมือวัด ค่าที่เก็บไว้ในหน่วยความจำและ
ค่าที่ตั้งไว้ในเครื่องจะยังคงอยู่

กล้องถ่ายรูป

เมื่อเปิดสวิทช์เครื่องมือวัดเป็นครั้งแรก กล้องถ่ายรูป (20)
จะเปิดโดยอัตโนมัติ หากต้องการปิด ให้กดปุ่มช่องมองภาพ

(10)

การตั้งค่าของกล้องถ่ายรูป (เปิด-ปิด) จะถูกเก็บไว้เมื่อปิดสวิ
ทช์เครื่องมือวัด

การเพิ่มประสิทธิภาพการมองเห็นจุดเลเซอร์

เมื่อใช้เครื่องมือวัดโดยเฉพาะอย่างยิ่งในที่กลางแจ้ง ในที่มี
แสงแดดจ้า และการวัดระยะทางไกลภายในอาคาร ท่าน
อาจมองไม่เห็นจุดเลเซอร์ นอกเหนือจากการเปิดกล้องถ่าย
รูป ท่านยังสามารถปรับปรุงการมองเห็นจุดเลเซอร์/เป้าหมาย
วัดให้ดียิ่งขึ้นได้โดย:

– การตั้งค่าความสว่างของจอแสดงผล (การตั้งค่าอุปกรณ์)
– การซูมด้วยปุ่ม (5)

กระบวนการวัด

เมื่อเปิดสวิทช์ เครื่องมือวัดจะอยู่ในฟังก์ชั่นการวัดความยาว
สำหรับฟังก์ชั่นการวัดอื่นๆ ให้กดปุ่ม (13) [Func] เลือกฟัง
ก์ชั่นการวัดที่ต้องการด้วยปุ่ม (4) [+] หรือปุ่ม (11) [–]
จาก (ดู "ฟังก์ชั่นการวัด", หน้า42) เรียกใช้งานฟังก์ชั่
นการวัดด้วยปุ่ม (13) [Func] หรือปุ่มวัด (2) [ ]

เมื่อเปิดสวิทช์ ขอบหลังของเครื่องมือวัดจะถูกเลือกเป็น
ระนาบอ้างอิงสำหรับการวัด เมื่อต้องการเปลี่ยนระนาบ
อ้างอิง (ดู "การเลือกระนาบอ้างอิง (ดูภาพประกอบA)",
หน้า41)วางเครื่องมือวัดที่จุดเริ่มต้นที่ต้องการวัด (ต. ย.
เช่น ผนังห้อง)

หมายเหตุ: หากเปิดสวิทช์เครื่องมือวัดด้วยปุ่มเปิด-ปิด-ลบ
(9) [ ] ให้กดปุ่มวัด (2) [ ] สั้นๆ เพื่อเปิดแสงเลเซอร์

1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020) Bosch Power Tools

ไทย | 41

กดปุ่มวัด (2) [ ] สั้นๆ เพื่อเริ่มต้นการวัด จากนั้นลำแสง
เลเซอร์จะปิดลง สำหรับการวัดต่อไป ให้ทำซ้ำขั้นตอนนี้

เมื่อลำแสงเลเซอร์ต่อเนื่องเปิดสวิทช์และอยู่ในฟังก์ชั่นการวัด
ต่อเนื่อง การวัดจะเริ่มต้นทันทีเมื่อกดปุ่มวัด (2) [ ] ครั้ง
แรก

u อย่าส่องลำแสงเลเซอร์ไปยังคนหรือสัตว์ และอย่าจ้อง

มองลำแสงเลเซอร์แม้จะอยู่ในระยะไกล

หมายเหตุ: โดยทั่วไปค่าจากการวัดจะปรากฏภายใน 0.5

วินาที และ 4 วินาทีเป็นอย่างช้าที่สุด ระยะเวลาที่ใช้ในการวัด
ขึ้นอยู่กับระยะทาง สภาพแสง และคุณสมบัติการสะท้อนของ
พื้นผิวเป้าหมาย เมื่อเสร็จสิ้นการวัด ลำแสงเลเซอร์จะปิดโดย
อัตโนมัติ ลำแสงเลเซอร์ต่อเนื่องที่เปิดสวิทช์อยู่จะไม่ปิดสวิทช์
หลังการวัด (ดู "ลำแสงเลเซอร์ต่อเนื่อง", หน้า41)

การเลือกระนาบอ้างอิง (ดูภาพประกอบA)

สำหรับการวัด ท่านสามารถเลือกระนาบอ้างอิงได้สี่ลักษณะ:
– ขอบหลังของเครื่องมือวัด (ต. ย. เช่น เมื่อวางบนผนัง

ห้อง)

– ตรงปลายที่กางออก 180° ของหมุดวัด (8) (ต. ย. เช่น

สำหรับการวัดจากมุม)

– ขอบหน้าของเครื่องมือวัด (ต. ย. เช่น เมื่อวัดจากขอบโต๊ะ

เป็นต้นไป)

– จุดศูนย์กลางเกลียว (17) (ต. ย. เช่น สำหรับการวัดด้วย

ขาตั้งแบบสามขา)

การเปิดและปิดหมุดวัด (8) ไป 180° จะถูกตรวจพบโดย
อัตโนมัติ และจะแนะนำระนาบอ้างอิงที่เหมาะสม ยืนยันการ
ตั้งค่าด้วยปุ่มวัด (2) [ ]

เลือกการตั้งค่าของเครื่องมือวัดด้วยซอฟต์คีย์ (3) [ ]
เลือกระนาบอ้างอิงด้วยปุ่ม (4) [+] หรือปุ่ม (11) [–] และ
ยืนยันด้วยปุ่ม (13) [Func]

ทุกครั้งเมื่อเปิดสวิทช์เครื่องมือวัด ขอบหลังของเครื่องมือวัด
จะถูกตั้งเป็นระนาบอ้างอิงโดยอัตโนมัติ

ลำแสงเลเซอร์ต่อเนื่อง

ท่านสามารถเปลี่ยนเครื่องมือวัดมาเป็นแบบลำแสงเลเซอร์ต่อ
เนื่องได้หากจำเป็น สำหรับการเปลี่ยน เลือกการตั้งค่าของ
เครื่องมือวัดด้วยซอฟต์คีย์ (3) [ ] เลือกลำแสงเลซอร์ต่อ
เนื่องด้วยปุ่ม (4) [+] หรือปุ่ม (11) [–] และยืนยันด้วยปุ่ม
(13) [Func]

u อย่าส่องลำแสงเลเซอร์ไปยังคนหรือสัตว์ และอย่าจ้อง

มองลำแสงเลเซอร์แม้จะอยู่ในระยะไกล

ในการตั้งค่านี้ลำแสงเลเซอร์จะยังคงเปิดอยู่ในระหว่างการวัด
เมื่อต้องการวัด ให้กดปุ่มวัด (2) [ ] สั้นๆ เพียงครั้งเดียว

ปิดสวิทช์ลำแสงเลเซอร์ต่อเนื่องในการตั้งค่านี้เช่นกัน หรือ
โดยอัตโนมัติเมื่อปิดสวิทช์เครื่องมือวัดในการตั้งค่านี้เช่นกัน
หรือโดยอัตโนมัติเมื่อปิดสวิทช์เครื่องมือวัด

เมนู “การตั้งค่า”

เมื่อต้องการเข้าสู่เมนู “การตั้งค่า” (i) ให้กดซอฟต์คีย์ (3)
[ ] สั้นๆ หรือกดปุ่ม (13) [Func] ค้างไว้

เลือกการตั้งค่าที่ต้องการด้วยปุ่ม (4) [+] หรือปุ่ม (11) [−]
และยืนยันด้วยปุ่ม (13) [Func] เลือกการตั้งค่าที่ต้องการ

เมื่อต้องการออกจากเมนู “การตั้งค่า” ให้กดปุ่มเปิด-ปิด-ลบ

(9) [ ] หรือซอฟต์คีย์ (12) [ ]

การตั้งค่า

Bluetooth®

ระนาบอ้างอิง

ฟังก์ชั่นจับเวลา
ลำแสงเลเซอร์ต่อเนื่อง

การสอบเทียบ การวัดความลาดชัน
การสอบเทียบ ช่องมองภาพ
การตั้งค่าอุปกรณ์

ฟังก์ชั่นจับเวลา

ฟังก์ชั่นจับเวลามีประโยชน์ ต. ย. เช่น เมื่อวัดตรงตำแหน่งที่
ยากจะเข้าถึง หรือเมื่อไม่สามารถเคลื่อนที่เครื่องมือวัด
ระหว่างการวัด

เลือกฟังก์ชั่นจับเวลาในการตั้งค่า เลือกช่วงเวลาจากการกระ
ตุ้นจนกระทั่งเกิดการวัดที่ต้องการ และยืนยันด้วยปุ่มวัด (2)
[ ] หรือปุ่ม (13) [Func]

จากนั้นจึงกดปุ่มวัด (2) [ ] เพื่อเปิดลำแสงเลเซอร์ และเล็ง
ไปที่จุดเป้าหมาย กดปุ่มวัด (2) [ ] อีกครั้งเพื่อเริ่มต้นการ
วัด การวัดเกิดขึ้นหลังจากช่วงเวลาที่เลือกไว้ ค่าจากการวัด
จะแสดงในบรรทัดผลลัพธ์ (a)

ในแถบสถานะด้านบนจะแสดงช่วงเวลาจากการกระตุ้นจน
กระทั่งเกิดการวัด

การวัดอย่างต่อเนื่อง รวมทั้งการวัดค่าต่ำสุด/สูงสุด ไม่
สามารถทำได้เมื่อตั้งฟังก์ชั่นจับเวลาไว้

ตัวจับเวลาจะยังคงถูกตั้งไว้จนกว่าจะปิดสวิทช์เครื่องมือวัด
หรือจนกว่าจะปิดสวิทช์ตัวจับเวลาในเมนู “การตั้งค่า”

เมนู “การตั้งค่าอุปกรณ์”

เลือกเมนู “การตั้งค่าอุปกรณ์” ในเมนู “การตั้งค่า”

Bosch Power Tools 1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020)

42 | ไทย

ft/m

เลือกการตั้งค่าอุปกรณ์ที่ต้องการด้วยปุ่ม (4) [+] หรือปุ่ม
(11) [−] และยืนยันด้วยปุ่ม (13) [Func] เลือกการตั้งค่า

อุปกรณ์ที่ต้องการ
เมื่อต้องการออกจากเมนู “การตั้งค่าอุปกรณ์” (o) ให้กดปุ่ม

เปิด-ปิด-ลบ (9) [ ] หรือซอฟต์คีย์ (12) [ ]

การตั้งค่าอุปกรณ์

ภาษา
เวลา & วันที่
หน่วยของการวัด
หน่วยของมุม
TrackMyTools

ข้อมูลอุปกรณ์
สัญญาณเสียง
เวลาปิดสวิทช์
ดิมเมอร์
จอแสดงผล-ความสว่าง
จอแสดงผล-การจัดให้ถูกตำแหน่ง

การกำหนดภาษา

เลือก “ภาษา” ในการตั้งค่าอุปกรณ์ กำหนดภาษาที่ต้องการ
และยืนยันด้วยปุ่ม (13) [Func] หรือปุ่มวัด (2)[ ]

การตั้งค่าวันที่และเวลา

เลือก “เวลา & วันที่” ในการตั้งค่าอุปกรณ์ ตั้งค่าวันที่และ
เวลาตามคำแนะนำบนหน้าจอ และยืนยันด้วยซอฟต์คีย์ (12)
[ ]

หมายเหตุ: ต้องตั้งวันที่และเวลาอีกครั้งหลังจากเปลี่ยน
แบตเตอรี่

การเปลี่ยนหน่วยของการวัด

เลือก “หน่วยของการวัด” ในการตั้งค่าอุปกรณ์ ค่าเริ่มต้นคือ
หน่วยของการวัด "ม." (เมตร)

ตั้งค่าหน่วยของการวัดที่ต้องการ และยืนยันด้วยปุ่ม (13)
[Func]

เมื่อต้องการออกจากรายการเมนู ให้กดปุ่มเปิด-ปิด-ลบ (9)
[ ] หรือซอฟต์คีย์ (3) [ ] การตั้งค่าอุปกรณ์ที่เลือกจะถูก
เก็บไว้เมื่อปิดสวิทช์เครื่องมือวัด

การเปลี่ยนหน่วยของมุม

เลือก “หน่วยของมุม” ในการตั้งค่าอุปกรณ์ ค่าเริ่มต้นคือ
หน่วยของมุมคือ "°" (องศา)

ตั้งค่าหน่วยของมุมที่ต้องการ และยืนยันด้วยปุ่ม (13)
[Func]

เมื่อต้องการออกจากรายการเมนู ให้กดปุ่มเปิด-ปิด-ลบ (9)
[ ] หรือซอฟต์คีย์ (3) [ ] การตั้งค่าอุปกรณ์ที่เลือกจะถูก
เก็บไว้เมื่อปิดสวิทช์เครื่องมือวัด

TrackMyTools

เลือก “TrackMyTools” ในการตั้งค่าอุปกรณ์ ยืนยันการตั้ง
ค่าด้วยปุ่ม (13) [Func]

จำเป็นต้องทำการเรียกใช้งานครั้งแรก การถ่ายโอนข้อมูล
ทำได้เฉพาะเมื่อใช้ App ที่เกี่ยวข้องหรือโปรแกรม
คอมพิวเตอร์ที่เกี่ยวข้องเท่านั้น

สามารถปิดการใช้งาน TrackMyTools ได้ตลอดเวลา
การตั้งค่าของ TrackMyTools (เรียกใช้งาน/ปิดใช้งาน)

จะถูกเก็บไว้เมื่อปิดสวิทช์เครื่องมือวัด
หมายเหตุ: TrackMyTools ทำงานเฉพาะเมื่อมีแบตเตอรี่

ใส่อยู่เท่านั้น หากต้องการเรียกใช้งาน TrackMyTools หลัง
จากเปลี่ยนแบตเตอรี่ ต้องเปิดสวิทช์เครื่องมือวัดสั้นๆ

การส่องสว่างหน้าจอแสดงผล

เลือก “ดิมเมอร์” ในการตั้งค่าอุปกรณ์
แสงสว่างหน้าจอแสดงผลจะติดขึ้นอย่างต่อเนื่อง หากไม่มี

การกดปุ่มใดๆ ภายในเวลาประมาณ 30 วินาที แสงสว่างหน้า
จอแสดงผลจะหรี่ลงเพื่อประหยัดแบตเตอรี่

สามารถปรับช่วงเวลาถึงการเริ่มต้นการหรี่ความสว่างได้
(การตั้งค่าอุปกรณ์)

ท่านสามารถปรับความสว่างของจอแสดงผลตามสภาพ
แวดล้อมได้หลายขั้น (การตั้งค่าอุปกรณ์)

ฟังก์ชั่นการวัด

หมายเหตุ: ฟังก์ชั่นความช่วยเหลือเบ็ดเสร็จ

ความช่วยเหลือที่เป็นภาพเคลื่อนไหวจะอยู่ในทุกๆ ฟังก์ชั่นการ
วัดในเครื่องมือวัด เมื่อต้องการเรียกใช้ ให้เลือกปุ่ม (13)
[Func] ปุ่ม (4) [+] หรือ (11)[−] และจากนั้นซอฟต์คีย์
(3) [ ] ภาพเคลื่อนไหวแสดงขั้นตอนโดยละเอียดเกี่ยวกับ
ฟังก์ชั่นการวัดที่เลือก

สามารถหยุดภาพเคลื่อนไหวและเริ่มต้นใหม่ได้ตลอดเวลาด้วย
(3) [ ] ท่านสามารถเลื่อนไปข้างหน้าและย้อนกลับได้ด้วย
ปุ่ม (4) [+] หรือ (11) [−]

การวัดความยาว

เลือกการวัดความยาว
เมื่อต้องการเปิดลำแสงเลเซอร์ ให้กดปุ่มวัด (2) [ ] สั้นๆ
กดปุ่มวัด (2) [ ] สั้นๆ เพื่อทำการวัด ค่าจากการ

วัดแสดงอยู่ที่ด้านล่างของจอแสดงผล

1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020) Bosch Power Tools

ไทย | 43

09.06.2017
13:20:23

0.0º

23.198 m

m

9.279
m

13.919
m

18.558

m

4.640

09.06.2017
13:20:23

0.0º

max

min

m

m

1.291
m

11.623

11.623

09.06.2017
13:20:23

0.0º

43.050 m

2

m

4.640
m

9.279

09.06.2017
13:20:23

0.0º

m

4.640
m

9.279
m

13.919

599.276 m

3

09.06.2017
13:20:23

45º

m

37.116

45.0

26.245 m

09.06.2017
13:20:23

º

30º

32.852 m

m

48.873
m

56.335

35.5

สำหรับการวัดเพิ่มเติมแต่ละครั้ง ให้ทำซ้ำขั้น
ตอนข้างต้น ค่าจากการวัดครั้งล่าสุดแสดงที่
ด้านล่างของจอแสดงผล ค่าจากการวัดก่อน
ครั้งล่าสุดแสดงที่ด้านบน ฯลฯ

การวัดต่อเนื่อง

สำหรับการวัดต่อเนื่อง ท่านสามารถเคลื่อนย้ายเครื่องมือวัด
เทียบกับเป้าหมายโดยที่ค่าจากการวัดจะได้รับการปรับปรุง
ทุกๆ 0.5 วินาที ต. ย. เช่น ท่านสามารถเดินออกจากผนังไป
ยังระยะห่างที่ต้องการในขณะที่สามารถอ่านระยะทางจริงได้
เสมอ

เลือกการวัดต่อเนื่อง
เมื่อต้องการเปิดลำแสงเลเซอร์ ให้กดปุ่มวัด (2) [ ] สั้นๆ
เลื่อนเครื่องมือวัดจนกระทั่งค่าระยะที่ต้องการแสดงที่ด้าน

ล่างของจอแสดงผล

กดปุ่มวัด (2) [ ] สั้นๆ เพื่อหยุดการวัดต่อ
เนื่อง ค่าจากการวัดปัจจุบันแสดงที่ด้านล่าง
ของจอแสดงผล ค่าจากการวัดสูงสุดและต่ำสุด
แสดงที่ด้านบน กดปุ่มวัด (2) [ ] อีกครั้ง เพื่อ
เริ่มต้นการวัดต่อเนื่องใหม่

การวัดต่อเนื่องจะปิดสวิทช์โดยอัตโนมัติหลังจากผ่านไป 5
นาที

การวัดพื้นที่

เลือกการวัดพื้นที่
หลังจากนั้นให้วัดความยาวและความกว้างตามลำดับใน

ลักษณะเดียวกับการวัดความยาว ลำแสงเลเซอร์ยังคงเปิด
อยู่ระหว่างการวัดทั้งสองครั้ง ระยะทางที่จะวัดจะกะพริบใน
จอแสดงผลสำหรับการวัดพื้นที่ (ดู ส่วนประกอบการแสดง
ผล (j))

ค่าจากการวัดค่าแรกแสดงที่ด้านบนของจอแส
ดงผล

เมื่อการวัดค่าที่สองเสร็จสมบูรณ์ พื้นที่ผิว
จะถูกคำนวณโดยอัตโนมัติและแสดงผล
ผลลัพธ์สุดท้ายแสดงที่ด้านล่างของจอแสดงผล

ค่าจากการวัดแต่ละค่าแสดงที่ด้านบน

การวัดปริมาตร

เลือกการวัดปริมาตร
หลังจากนั้นให้วัดความกว้าง ความยาว และความลึกตาม

ลำดับในลักษณะเดียวกับการวัดความยาว ลำแสงเลเซอร์ยัง
คงเปิดอยู่ระหว่างการวัดทั้งสามครั้ง ระยะทางที่จะวัดจะ
กะพริบในจอแสดงผลสำหรับการวัดปริมาตร (ดู ส่วน
ประกอบการแสดงผล (j))

ค่าจากการวัดค่าแรกแสดงที่ด้านบนของจอแส
ดงผล

เมื่อการวัดค่าที่สามเสร็จสมบูรณ์
ปริมาตรจะถูกคำนวณโดยอัตโนมัติและแสดง
ผล ผลลัพธ์สุดท้ายแสดงที่ด้านล่างของจอแส

ดงผล ค่าจากการวัดแต่ละค่าแสดงที่ด้านบน

การวัดระยะทางทางอ้อม

เลือกการวัดระยะทางทางอ้อม สำหรับการวัดระยะทาง
ทางอ้อม มีฟังก์ชั่นการวัดสี่รูปแบบ และสามารถใช้แต่ละฟัง
ก์ชั่นการวัดสำหรับกำหนดระยะทางที่แตกต่างกันได้

การวัดระยะทางทางอ้อมใช้วัดระยะทางที่ไม่สามารถวัดได้
โดยตรง เพราะมีสิ่งกีดขวางที่อาจขวางลำแสงเลเซอร์หรือ
ไม่มีผิวเป้าหมายที่เป็นตัวสะท้อนแสง กระบวนการวัดนี้
สามารถใช้ได้เฉพาะในทิศทางแนวตั้งเท่านั้น การเบี่ยงเบน
ใดๆ ในแนวนอนนำไปสู่ความผิดพลาดในการวัด

หมายเหตุ: การวัดระยะทางทางอ้อมจะแม่นยำน้อยกว่าการ
วัดระยะทางทางตรงเสมอ ข้อผิดพลาดในการวัดอาจมี
มากกว่าการวัดระยะทางทางตรงทั้งนี้ขึ้นอยู่กับการใช้งาน
เพื่อปรับปรุงความแม่นยำการวัด เราขอแนะนำให้ใช้ขาตั้ง
แบบสามขา (อุปกรณ์ประกอบ) ระหว่างการวัดแต่ละครั้ง
ลำแสงเลเซอร์ยังคงเปิดอยู่

ก) การวัดความสูงทางอ้อม (ดูภาพประกอบ B)

เลือกการวัดความสูงทางอ้อม
ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าเครื่องมือวัดวางอยู่ระนาบเดียวกับจุดวัด

ด้านล่าง จากนั้นให้เอียงเครื่องมือวัดรอบระนาบอ้างอิงและ
วัดระยะทาง "1" ในลักษณะเดียวกับการวัดความยาว (บน
จอแสดงผลปรากฏเป็นเส้นสีแดง)

เมื่อการวัดเสร็จสมบูรณ์ ผลลัพธ์สำหรับระยะ
ทางที่ต้องการหา "X" จะแสดงในบรรทัด
ผลลัพธ์ (a) ค่าจากการวัดสำหรับระยะทาง
"1" และมุม "α" จะแสดงในบรรทัดแสดงค่า
จากการวัด (h)

ข) การวัดความสูงทางอ้อมแบบสองครั้ง (ดูภาพ
ประกอบC)

เครื่องมือวัดสามารถวัดระยะทางที่อยู่ในระนาบแนวตั้งของ
เครื่องมือวัดโดยทางอ้อมได้ทั้งหมด เลือกการวัดความสูงทาง

อ้อมแบบสองครั้ง วัดระยะทาง "1" และ "2" ตามลำดับ
ในลักษณะเดียวกับการวัดความยาว

เมื่อการวัดค่าเสร็จสมบูรณ์ ผลลัพธ์สำหรับระยะ
ทางที่ต้องการหา "X" จะแสดงในบรรทัด
ผลลัพธ์ (a) ค่าจากการวัดสำหรับระยะทาง
"1", "2" และมุม "α" จะแสดงในบรรทัด
แสดงค่าจากการวัด (h)

Bosch Power Tools 1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020)

44 | ไทย

09.06.2017
13:20:23

60º

m

153.104

60.0

76.552 m

09.06.2017
13:20:23

60º

m

3.624
m

2.456
m

4.872

4.356 m

09.06.2017
13:20:23

0.0º

m

2.500
m

3.899

m

12.558

31.395 m

2

m0.483

0.500m

1

0.81x

m0.500

0.500m1x

1° 2° 3°

ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าระนาบอ้างอิงของการวัด (ต. ย. เช่น
ขอบหลังของเครื่องมือวัด) ยังคงอยู่ที่ตำแหน่งเดียวกันอย่าง
พอดิบพอดีสำหรับการวัดแต่ละครั้งทั้งหมดในกระบวนการวัด

ค) การวัดความยาวทางอ้อม (ดูภาพประกอบD)

การวัดความยาวทางอ้อม
ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าเครื่องมือวัดวางอยู่ที่ความสูงเดียวกับจุด

วัดที่ต้องการหา จากนั้นให้เอียงเครื่องมือวัดรอบระนาบ
อ้างอิงและวัดระยะทาง "1" ในลักษณะเดียวกับการวัดความ
ยาว

เมื่อการวัดค่าเสร็จสมบูรณ์ ผลลัพธ์สำหรับระยะ
ทางที่ต้องการหา "X" จะแสดงในบรรทัด
ผลลัพธ์ (a) ค่าจากการวัดสำหรับระยะทาง
"1" และมุม "α" จะแสดงในบรรทัดแสดงค่า
จากการวัด (h)

ง) การวัดรูปสี่เหลี่ยมคางหมู (ดูภาพประกอบ E)

ท่านสามารถใช้การวัดรูปสี่เหลี่ยมคางหมูเพื่อกำหนดความ
ยาวของความลาดชันของหลังคา เป็นต้น

เลือกการวัดรูปสี่เหลี่ยมคางหมู
วัดระยะทาง "1", "2" และ "3" ตามลำดับในลักษณะเดียว

กับการวัดความยาว ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าการวัดระยะทาง
"3" เริ่มต้นที่จุดปลายของระยะทาง "1" อย่างพอดิบพอดี
และให้มุมระหว่างระยะ "1" และ "2" และระหว่าง "1"
และ "3" เป็นมุมฉาก

เมื่อการวัดค่าครั้งสุดท้ายเสร็จสมบูรณ์ ผลลัพธ์
ของระยะทางที่ต้องการหา "X" จะแสดงใน
บรรทัดผลลัพธ์ (a)ค่าจากการวัดแต่ละครั้งจะ
แสดงในบรรทัดแสดงค่าจากการวัด (h)

การวัดพื้นผิวผนัง (ดูภาพประกอบ F)

การวัดพื้นผิวผนังใช้สำหรับคำนวณผลรวมของพื้นผิวแต่ละ
ด้านหลายๆ พื้นผิวที่มีความสูงเท่ากัน ในตัวอย่างที่แสดงเรา
ต้องการหาพื้นผิวทั้งหมดของผนังหลายด้านที่มีความสูงห้อง
H เท่ากัน แต่ความยาว L ต่างกัน

เลือกการวัดพื้นผิวผนัง
วัดความสูงห้อง H ในลักษณะเดียวกับการวัดความยาว ค่า

จากการวัดแสดงในบรรทัดบนของบรรทัดแสดงค่าจากการวัด
เลเซอร์ยังคงเปิดอยู่

จากนั้นให้วัดความยาว L1 ของผนังแรก พื้นที่
ผิวจะถูกคำนวณโดยอัตโนมัติและแสดงใน
บรรทัดผลลัพธ์ (a) ค่าความยาวจากการวัด
ครั้งล่าสุดแสดงในบรรทัดล่างของบรรทัดแสดง
ค่าจากการวัด (h) เลเซอร์ยังคงเปิดอยู่

ต่อไปให้วัดความยาว L2 ของผนังที่สอง ค่าการวัดแต่ละครั้งที่
แสดงในบรรทัดแสดงค่าจากการวัด (h) จะรวมกับความยาว

L1 ผลรวมของความยาวทั้งสอง (แสดงในบรรทัดกลางของ
บรรทัดแสดงค่าจากการวัด (h)) จะคูณกับความสูงที่เก็บไว้
H ค่าพื้นผิวทั้งหมดจะแสดงในบรรทัดผลลัพธ์ (a)

ท่านสามารถวัดความยาว LX อื่นๆ อีกมากมาย ซึ่งความยาว
จะถูกนำมารวมกันโดยอัตโนมัติ แล้วนำมาคูณกับความสูง H
เงื่อนไขเบื้องต้นสำหรับการคำนวณพื้นที่อย่างถูกต้องคือความ
ยาวที่วัดครั้งแรก (ในตัวอย่างคือความสูงห้อง H) ต้องเท่ากัน
ในทุกๆ ด้าน

ฟังก์ชั่นการกำหนดเขต (ดูภาพประกอบ G)

ฟังก์ชั่นการกำหนดเขตจะวัดซ้ำความยาวที่กำหนดไว้แล้ว
(ระยะทาง) ความยาวนี้สามารถถ่ายทอดลงบนพื้นผิว ต. ย.
เช่น เพื่อจะได้ตัดวัสดุให้มีความยาวเท่าๆ กัน หรือติดตั้งผนัง
ระบบโครงคร่าวในดรายวอลล์ ความยาวต่ำสุดที่สามารถปรับ
ได้คือ 0.1 ม. ความยาวสูงสุดคือ 50 ม.

หมายเหตุ: ในฟังก์ชั่นการกำหนดเขต ระยะห่างจาก
เครื่องหมายจะแสดงในจอแสดงผล จุดอ้างอิงไม่ใช่ขอบของ
เครื่องมือวัด

เลือกฟังก์ชั่นการกำหนดเขต
กำหนดความยาวที่ต้องการด้วยปุ่ม (4) [+] หรือปุ่ม (11)

[–]
เริ่มต้นฟังก์ชั่นการกำหนดเขตโดยกดปุ่ม (2) [ ] แล้วถอย

ออกจากจุดเริ่มต้นอย่างช้าๆ

เครื่องมือวัดจะวัดระยะทางจากจุดเริ่มต้นอย่าง
ต่อเนื่อง ความยาวที่กำหนดไว้รวมทั้งค่าจาก
การวัดปัจจุบันจะปรากฏขึ้น ลูกศรบนและล่าง
แสดงให้เห็นระยะทางที่สั้นที่สุดไปยัง

เครื่องหมายถัดไปหรือก่อนหน้านี้
หมายเหตุ: เมื่อวัดอย่างต่อเนื่อง ท่านสามารถตั้งค่าที่วัดได้

เป็นความยาวที่กำหนดโดยกดปุ่มวัด (2) [ ] และกดค้างไว้

ตัวคูณทางด้านซ้ายระบุจำนวนครั้งที่ถึงความ
ยาวกำหนดแล้ว ลูกศรสีเขียวที่ด้านข้างของ
จอแสดงผลระบุการมาถึงความยาวเพื่อให้ท่าน
ทำเครื่องหมาย

ลูกศรสีแดงหรือป้ายสีแดงบ่งบอกค่าที่แท้จริง หากค่าอ้างอิง
อยู่นอกจอแสดงผล

การวัดความลาดชัน/ระดับน้ำดิจิตอล

เลือกการวัดความลาดชัน/ระดับน้ำดิจิตอล
เครื่องมือวัดสลับไปมาระหว่างสองสถานะโดยอัตโนมัติ

ระดับน้ำดิจิตอลใช้สำหรับตรวจสอบการปรับ
ระนาบแนวนอนหรือแนวตั้งของสิ่งของ (ต. ย.
เช่น เครื่องซักผ้า ตู้เย็น ฯลฯ)

1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020) Bosch Power Tools

ไทย | 45

88.0°

09.06.2017
13:20:23

30º

32.852 m

44

m

48.873
m

56.335

35.5

º

2

09.06.2017
13:20:23

0.0º

55.049 m

2

m

2

51.300
m

3.749

+

ถ้ามีความลาดชันเกินกว่า 3° ลูกกลมบนจอแสดงผลจะส่อง
สว่างสีแดง

ระนาบอ้างอิงสำหรับระดับน้ำดิจิตอลคือด้านล่างของเครื่อง
มือวัด

การวัดความลาดชันใช้สำหรับวัดความเอียงหรือ
ความชัน (ต. ย. เช่น ของบันได ราวบันได
สำหรับปรับเฟอร์นิเจอร์ให้เหมาะสม สำหรับติด
ตั้งท่อ ฯลฯ)

ระนาบอ้างอิงสำหรับสำหรับการวัดความลาด
ชันคือด้านซ้ายของเครื่องมือวัด หากสัญลักษณ์กะพริบใน
ระหว่างกระบวนการวัด แสดงว่าเครื่องมือวัดเอียงไปทางด้าน
ข้างมากเกินไป

ฟังก์ชั่นหน่วยความจำ

ค่าและผลลัพธ์สุดท้ายของการวัดแต่ละครั้งที่เสร็จสมบูรณ์จะ
ถูกเก็บไว้โดยอัตโนมัติ

การแสดงค่าในหน่วยความจำ

สามารถเรียกดูค่าที่วัดได้สูงสุด 50 ค่า (ค่าวัด)
เลือกฟังก์ชั่นหน่วยความจำด้วยซอฟต์คีย์(12) [ ]

จำนวนของค่าหน่วยความจำจะปรากฏที่ด้านบน

ของจอแสดงผล ค่าหน่วยความจำที่สอดคล้อง

กันและฟังก์ชั่นการวัดที่สอดคล้องกันจะปรากฏ

ที่ด้านล่าง

กดปุ่ม(4) [+] เพื่อเลื่อนดูค่าที่เก็บไว้ไปข้าง
หน้า

กดปุ่ม(11) [–] เพื่อเลื่อนดูค่าที่เก็บไว้ย้อนหลัง
หากไม่มีค่าในหน่วยความจำ "0.000" จะแสดงในบรรทัด

ล่างของจอแสดงผล "0" ในบรรทัดบน
ค่าเก่าที่สุดจะอยู่ที่ตำแหน่งที่ 1 ในหน่วยความจำ ค่าล่าสุดอยู่

ในตำแหน่งที่ 50 (สำหรับค่าในหน่วยความจำ 50 ค่าที่มีอยู่)
เมื่อมีการเก็บค่าต่อไป ค่าเก่าที่สุดจะถูกลบออกจากหน่วย
ความจำเสมอ

การลบหน่วยความจำ

เมื่อต้องการเปิดหน่วยความจำ ให้กดซอฟต์คีย์ (12) [ ]
เมื่อต้องการลบค่าจากการวัดตามลำดับย้อนกลับให้กดซอฟต์
คีย์ (3) [ ] หลายๆ ครั้งตามต้องการเมื่อต้องการลบ
เนื้อหาหน่วยความจำทั้งหมด ให้กดซอฟต์คีย์ (3) [ ] และ
ปุ่มซูม (5) พร้อมกัน

การเพิ่ม/การลดค่า

ท่านสามารถเพิ่มหรือลดค่าจากการวัดหรือผลลัพธ์สุดท้ายได้

การเพิ่มค่า

ตัวอย่างต่อไปนี้อธิบายการเพิ่มค่าของพื้นที่: วัดพื้นที่ตามที่
อธิบายไว้ในบท "การวัดพื้นที่" (ดู "การวัดพื้นที่", หน้า43)

กดปุ่ม (4) [+] พื้นที่ที่คำนวณได้และสัญลักษณ์
"+" จะปรากฏขึ้น กดปุ่มวัด (2) [ ] เพื่อเริ่ม
ต้นวัดพื้นที่อื่นๆ ต่อไป วัดพื้นที่ตามที่อธิบายไว้
ในบท "การวัดพื้นที่" (ดู "การวัดพื้นที่",
หน้า43) ทันทีที่การวัดที่สองเสร็จสมบูรณ์

ผลลัพธ์ของการวัดพื้นที่ที่สองแสดงที่ด้านล่างของจอแสดงผล
เมื่อต้องการดูผลลัพธ์สุดท้าย ให้กดปุ่มวัด (2) [ ] อีกครั้ง

หมายเหตุ: สำหรับการวัดความยาว ผลลัพธ์สุดท้ายจะปรากฏ
ทันที

การลดค่า

เมื่อต้องการลดค่า ให้กดปุ่ม (11) [–] ขั้นตอนต่อไปจะ
เหมือนกับ "การเพิ่มค่า"

การลบทิ้งค่าจากการวัด

เมื่อกดปุ่มเปิด-ปิด-ลบ (9) [ ] สั้นๆ ท่านสามารถลบค่าจาก
การวัดครั้งล่าสุดในทุกฟังก์ชั่นการวัด

Bluetooth

การถ่ายทอดข้อมูลไปยังอุปกรณ์อื่นๆ

เครื่องมือวัดนี้ติดตั้งโมดูล
ข้อมูลด้วยเทคโนโลยีคลื่นวิทยุสำหรับเชื่อมโยงสื่อสารแบบไร้
สายไปยังอุปกรณ์เคลื่อนที่ปลายทางบางอย่างที่มี

Bluetooth®

กรุณาค้นหาข้อมูลเกี่ยวกับความต้องการของระบบที่จำเป็น
สำหรับการเชื่อมต่อ
www.bosch-pt.com

u สำหรับข้อมูลเพิ่มเติม กรุณาดูหน้าผลิตภัณฑ์ของ บ๊อช

ในระหว่างการถ่ายทอดข้อมูลผ่านทาง
เกิดความล่าช้าในการแพร่สัญญาณระหว่างอุปกรณ์เคลื่อนที่
ปลายทางและเครื่องมือวัด ทั้งนี้ขึ้นอยู่กับระยะห่างระหว่าง
อุปกรณ์ที่สื่อสารข้อมูลกันหรือวัตถุที่จะวัด

การเรียกใช้งาน
ข้อมูลไปยังอุปกรณ์เคลื่อนที่ปลายทาง

เรียกใช้งาน
ต้องการเรียกใช้งานสัญญาณ
[+] ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่า
อุปกรณ์เคลื่อนที่ปลายทางของท่านถูกเรียกใช้งาน

เพื่อขยายขอบเขตการทำงานของอุปกรณ์เคลื่อนที่ปลายทาง
และเพื่อประมวลผลข้อมูลให้ง่ายขึ้น เรามี Bosch แอพพลิ
เคชั่น (App) พิเศษ "Measuring Master" สำหรับใช้งาน
ท่านสามารถดาวน์โหลดแอพพลิเคชั่นเหล่านี้ตามประเภทอุป
การณ์ปลายทางได้จากแหล่งรวมแอพพลิเคชั่นที่เกี่ยวเนื่อง

เมื่อเริ่มต้น Bosch แอพพลิเคชั่น การเชื่อมต่อระหว่าง
อุปกรณ์เคลื่อนที่ปลายทางและเครื่องมือวัดจะเกิดขึ้น ถ้าพบ

®-อินเตอร์เฟส

Bluetooth®

-อินเตอร์เฟส (ต. ย. เช่น สมาร์ทโฟน แท็บเล็ต)

Bluetooth

Bluetooth

Bluetooth®

-อินเตอร์เฟสในการตั้งค่า เมื่อ

Bluetooth®

ที่ช่วยถ่ายทอด

® ได้ที่เว็บไซต์ของ บ๊อช

Bluetooth®

อาจ

®-อินเตอร์เฟสเพื่อถ่ายทอด

Bluetooth®

ให้กดปุ่ม (4)

-อินเตอร์เฟสที่

Bosch Power Tools 1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020)

46 | ไทย

เครื่องมือวัดที่ทำงานอยู่หลายเครื่อง ให้เลือกเครื่องมือวัดที่
เหมาะสมโดยดูจากหมายเลขเครื่อง ท่านสามารถค้นหา
หมายเลขเครื่อง (15) จากแผ่นป้ายรุ่นของเครื่องมือวัดของ
ท่าน

สถานะการเชื่อมต่อและการเชื่อมต่อที่ใช้งานอยู่ (f) จะ
ปรากฏบนจอแสดงผล (1) ของเครื่องมือวัด

การปิดการเรียกใช้งาน

ปิดการใช้งานการเชื่อมต่อ
ต้องการปิดการใช้งานสัญญาณ

(11) [–] หรือปิดสวิทช์เครื่องมือวัด

Bluetooth

Bluetooth®

Bluetooth®

®-อินเตอร์เฟส

ในการตั้งค่า เมื่อ

ให้กดปุ่ม

ข้อแนะนำในการทำงาน

u สำหรับข้อมูลเพิ่มเติม กรุณาดูหน้าผลิตภัณฑ์ของ บ๊อช
u เครื่องมือวัดมีอินเตอร์เฟสคลื่นวิทยุสำหรับเชื่อมโยง

สื่อสารแบบไร้สาย ต้องปฏิบัติตามข้อจำกัดการทำงาน
ในพื้นที่ ต. ย. เช่น ในเครื่องบิน หรือโรงพยาบาล

ข้อแนะนำทั่วไป

เลนส์รับแสง (18) ช่องทางออกลำแสงเลเซอร์ (19) และ
กล้องถ่ายรูป (20) ต้องไม่ถูกปิดคลุมขณะทำการวัด

ต้องไม่เคลื่อนย้ายเครื่องมือวัดในระหว่างทำการวัด ดังนั้นให้
วางเครื่องมือวัดลงบนพื้นผิวรองรับหรือทาบกับผนังหยุดที่แข็ง
แรงเท่าที่เป็นไปได้

ปัจจัยที่ส่งผลกระทบต่อช่วงการวัด

ช่วงการวัดขึ้นอยู่กับสภาพแสงและคุณสมบัติการสะท้อนของ
พื้นผิวเป้าหมาย ใช้กล้องถ่ายรูปเบ็ดเสร็จ (20) แว่นตา
สำหรับมองแสงเลเซอร์ (26) (อุปกรณ์ประกอบ) และแผ่น
เป้าหมายเลเซอร์ (25) (อุปกรณ์ประกอบ) หรือให้ร่มเงาพื้น
ผิวเป้าหมายเพื่อจะได้มองเห็นลำแสงเลเซอร์ได้ดียิ่งขึ้นเมื่อ
แสงล้อมรอบจ้ามาก

ปัจจัยที่ส่งผลกระทบต่อผลลัพธ์การวัด

เนื่องจากผลทางกายภาพ การวัดอาจมีความผิดพลาดได้เมื่อ
วัดบนพื้นผิวที่แตกต่างกัน สิ่งเหล่านี้รวมถึง:

– พื้นผิวที่โปร่งแสง (ต. ย. เช่น แก้ว น้ำ)
– พื้นผิวที่สะท้อนแสง (ต. ย. เช่น โลหะขัดมัน กระจก)
– พื้นผิวที่มีรูพรุน (ต. ย. เช่น วัสดุฉนวน)
– พื้นผิวโครงสร้าง (ต. ย. เช่น ปูนฉาบ หินธรรมชาติ)
ให้ใช้แผ่นเป้าหมายเลเซอร์ (25) (อุปกรณ์ประกอบ) บนพื้น

ผิวเหล่านี้ หากจำเป็น
นอกจากนี้ความผิดพลาดจากการวัดอาจเกิดขึ้นได้เมื่อส่องพื้น

ผิวเป้าหมายที่อยู่ในตำแหน่งเอียง

ชั้นของอากาศที่มีอุณหภูมิแตกต่างกัน หรือแสงสะท้อนที่ได้รับ
ทางอ้อม อาจส่งผลต่อค่าจากการวัดด้วยเช่นกัน

การตรวจสอบความแม่นยำและการสอบเทียบของ
การวัดความลาดชัน (ดูภาพประกอบH)

ตรวจสอบความแม่นยำของการวัดความลาดชันเป็นประจำ
ซึ่งจะกระทำได้โดยการวัดกลับด้าน สำหรับการตรวจสอบ ให้
วางเครื่องมือวัดบนโต๊ะและวัดความลาดชัน หมุนเครื่องมือวัด
ไป 180° และวัดความลาดชันอีกครั้งหนึ่ง ความแตกต่างของ
จำนวนเลขที่แสดงต้องไม่มากกว่า 0.3° (สูงสุด)

ในกรณีที่มีส่วนเบี่ยงเบนมากกว่า จะต้องสอบเทียบเครื่องมือ
วัดใหม่ เลือก ในการตั้งค่า ทำตามคำแนะนำบนจอแสดง
ผล

เมื่ออุณหภูมิมีการเปลี่ยนแปลงมากและเครื่องมือวัดถูก
กระแทก เราขอแนะนำให้ตรวจสอบความแม่นยำ และหาก
จำเป็นให้สอบเทียบเครื่องมือวัด เมื่อ
อุณหภูมิมีการเปลี่ยนแปลงมาก ต้องปล่อยให้เครื่อง
มือวัดปรับเข้ากับอุณหภูมิรอบด้านสักชั่วครู่ก่อนสอบเทียบ

การตรวจสอบความแม่นยำของการวัดระยะทาง

ความแม่นยำของเครื่องมือวัดสามารถตรวจสอบได้ดังนี้:
– เลือกระยะวัดถาวรที่ไม่สามารถเปลี่ยนแปลงที่มีความยาว

ประมาณ 3 ถึง 10 ม. โดยที่ท่านทราบความยาวนี้แล้ว
อย่างแม่นยำ (ต. ย. เช่น ความกว้างห้อง หรือ ช่องประตู)
ควรทำการวัดภายใต้สภาวะที่เอื้ออำนวยนั่นคือระยะวัดควร
อยู่ภายในอาคารโดยมีแสงพื้นหลังอ่อน และพื้นผิวเป้า
หมายของการวัดควรราบเรียบและสะท้อนแสงได้ดี (ต. ย.

เช่น ผนังทาสีขาว)
– วัดระยะทาง 10 ครั้งต่อเนื่องกัน
ในระยะการวัดทั้งหมดและภายใต้เงื่อนไขที่ดี ส่วนเบี่ยงเบน

สูงสุดของการวัดแต่ละครั้งจากค่าเฉลี่ยต้องไม่เกิน ±2 มม.
บันทึกข้อมูลจากการวัดไว้เพื่อให้สามารถเปรียบเทียบความ
แม่นยำได้ในภายหลัง

การตรวจสอบความแม่นยำและการสอบเทียบของ ช่องมองภาพ (กากบาท)

ตรวจสอบความแม่นยำของการวางแนวเลเซอร์และช่องมอง
ภาพอย่างสม่ำเสมอ

– เลือกพื้นที่ที่สว่าง มีแสงส่องน้อยที่สุด (ต. ย. เช่น ผนังสี

ขาว) ในระยะห่างอย่างน้อย 5 ม. เป็นเป้าหมาย
– ตรวจสอบว่าจุดเลเซอร์อยู่ภายในช่องมองภาพในจอแสดง

ผลหรือไม่
หากจุดเลเซอร์ไม่อยู่ในช่องมองภาพ ท่านต้องสอบเทียบช่อง

มองภาพใหม่
เลือก ในการตั้งค่า ทำตามคำแนะนำบนจอแสดงผล

1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020) Bosch Power Tools

ไทย | 47

สำหรับระยะทางไกลกว่า (มากกว่าห้าเมตร) เครื่องหมายเป้า
หมายเพื่อทำเครื่องหมายจุดวัดจะปรากฏขึ้น

การทำงานกับขาตั้งแบบสามขา (อุปกรณ์ ประกอบ)

การใช้ขาตั้งแบบสามขาจำเป็นอย่างยิ่งสำหรับการวัดระยะ
ทางไกลๆ วางเครื่องมือวัดที่มีเกลียวขนาด 1/4" (17) เข้า
บนเพลตยึดแบบเปลี่ยนเร็วของขาตั้งแบบสามขา (27) หรือ
ขาตั้งกล้องแบบสามขาทั่วไป ยึดเครื่องมือวัดโดยขันสกรูล็อค
ของเพลตยึดแบบเปลี่ยนเร็วเข้าให้แน่น

ตั้งระนาบอ้างอิงสำหรับการวัดด้วยขาตั้งแบบสามขาในการ
ตั้งค่า (ระนาบอ้างอิงขาตั้งแบบสามขา)

ข้อผิดพลาด – สาเหตุและมาตรการ แก้ไข

สาเหตุ มาตรการแก้ไข

การเตือนอุณหภูมิกะพริบ ทำการวัดไม่ได้

อุณหภูมิเครื่องมือวัดอยู่นอก
ช่วงอุณหภูมิใช้งาน –10 °C
ถึง +45 °C (ในฟังก์ชั่นการ
วัดต่อเนื่องถึง +40 °C)

"ERROR" ปรากฏบนจอแสดงผล

การเพิ่ม/การลดค่าจากการ
วัดด้วยค่าที่มีหน่วยวัดต่างกัน

มุมระหว่างลำแสงเลเซอร์กับเ
ป้าหมายแคบเกินไป

พื้นผิวเป้าหมายสะท้อนมาก
(ต. ย. เช่น กระจก) หรือ
สะท้อนไม่พอ (ต. ย. เช่น
วัตถุสีดำ) หรือแสงรอบด้าน
สว่างมากเกินไป

ทางออกลำแสงเลเซอร์ (19)
เลนส์รับแสง (18) หรือ
กล้องถ่ายรูป (20) เป็นฝ้า
(ต. ย. เช่น เนื่องจากอุณหภูมิ
เปลี่ยนแปลงอย่างรวดเร็ว)

ค่าที่คำนวณได้มากกว่า 1
999 999 หรือน้อยกว่า –
999 999 ม./ม.2/ม.

"CAL" และ "ERROR" ปรากฏบนจอแสดงผล

รอจนกว่าอุณหภูมิเครื่องมือ
วัดอยู่ในช่วงอุณหภูมิใช้งาน

เพิ่ม/ลดค่าจากการวัดที่มี
หน่วยวัดเดียวกันเท่านั้น

ขยายมุมระหว่างลำแสง
เลเซอร์กับเป้าหมาย

ใช้แผ่นเป้าหมายเลเซอร์
(25) (อุปกรณ์ประกอบ)

ใช้ผ้านุ่มเช็ดทางออกลำแสง
เลเซอร์ (19) เลนส์รับแสง

(18) หรือกล้องถ่ายรูป
(20) ให้แห้ง

แบ่งการคำนวณเป็นตอนๆ

3

สาเหตุ มาตรการแก้ไข

การสอบเทียบของการวัด
ความลาดชันไม่ได้ดำเนินการ
ในลำดับที่ถูกต้องหรือใน
ตำแหน่งที่ถูกต้อง

พื้นผิวที่ใช้ในการสอบเทียบไม่
ได้อยู่ในแนวนอนหรือแนวตั้ง
อย่างถูกต้อง

เครื่อง
มือวัดเคลื่อนที่หรือเอียงขณะ
กดปุ่ม

ผลลัพธ์จากการวัดไม่น่าจะเป็นจริง

พื้นผิวเป้าหมายสะท้อนแสง
อย่างไม่ถูกต้อง (ต. ย. เช่น
น้ำ กระจก)

ทางออกลำแสงเลเซอร์ (19)
หรือเลนส์รับแสง (18) หรือ
กล้องถ่ายรูป (20) ถูกบดบัง

ตั้งระนาบอ้างอิงไม่ถูกต้อง เลือกระดับอ้างอิงที่สอดคล้อง

มีสิ่งกีดขวางลำแสงเลเซอร์ จุดของลำแสงเลเซอร์ต้องอยู่

ไม่สามารถเรียกใช้งาน
แบตเตอรี่อ่อนเกินไป เปลี่ยนแบตเตอรี่
ไม่มีการเชื่อมต่อ
ข้อผิดพลาดในการเชื่อมต่อ

Bluetooth®

Bluetooth®

สอบเทียบซ้ำตามคำแนะนำ
บนจอแสดงผลและในคู่มือ
การใช้งาน

สอบเทียบซ้ำบนพื้นผิวในแนว
นอนหรือแนวตั้ง และตรวจ
สอบพื้นผิวด้วยระดับน้ำก่อน
หากจำเป็น

สอบเทียบซ้ำและจับเครื่อง
มือวัดให้นิ่งขณะกดปุ่ม

ปิดพื้นผิวเป้าหมาย

ขจัดสิ่งกีดขวางออกจาก
ทางออกลำแสงเลเซอร์ (19)
เลนส์รับแสง (18) หรือ
กล้องถ่ายรูป (20)

กับการวัด

บนพื้นผิวเป้า
หมายอย่างสมบูรณ์

Bluetooth®

ปิดสวิทช์

Bluetooth®

เครื่องมือวัดและที่อุปกรณ์
เคลื่อนที่ปลายทาง และเปิดส
วิทช์อีกครั้ง

ตรวจสอบแอพพลิเคชั่นบนอุ
ปกรณ์เคลื่อนที่ปลายทางของ
ท่าน

ตรวจสอบว่า
ที่เครื่องมือวัดของท่านและ
อุปกรณ์เคลื่อนที่ปลายทางถูก
เรียกใช้งานหรือไม่

ตรวจหาภาระงานเกินกำลังที่
อุปกรณ์เคลื่อนที่ปลายทาง
ของท่าน

ที่

Bluetooth®

Bosch Power Tools 1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020)

48 | ไทย

สาเหตุ มาตรการแก้ไข

ร่นระยะห่างระหว่างเครื่องมือ
วัดและอุปกรณ์เคลื่อนที่ปลาย
ทางของท่าน

หลีกเลี่ยงอย่าให้มีสิ่งกีดขวาง
(ต. ย. เช่น
คอนกรีตเสริมเหล็ก ประตู
โลหะ) ระหว่างเครื่องมือวัด
และอุปกรณ์เคลื่อนที่ปลาย
ทางของท่าน อยู่ให้ห่างจาก
สนามแม่เหล็กไฟฟ้าที่เข้ามาร
บกวน (ต. ย. เช่น อุปกรณ์ส่ง
ระบบเครือข่ายไร้สาย
WLAN)

เครื่องมือวัดจะตรวจสอบการทำงานที่ถูกต้อง
ของแต่ละการวัด หากตรวจพบข้อบกพร่อง
จอแสดงผลจะแสดงเฉพาะสัญลักษณ์ที่อยู่ด้าน

ข้างนี้เท่านั้น ในกรณีเช่นนี้ หรือเมื่อมาตรการ
แก้ไขดังกล่าวข้างต้นไม่สามารถตรวจแก้ความบกพร่องได้
ให้ส่งเครื่องมือวัดเข้ารับการตรวจสอบที่ศูนย์บริการหลังการ
ขายสำหรับเครื่องมือไฟฟ้า บ๊อช

การบำรุงรักษาและการบริการ

การบำรุงรักษาและการทำความสะอาด

รักษาเครื่องมือวัดให้สะอาดตลอดเวลา
อย่าจุ่มเครื่องมือวัดลงในน้ำหรือของเหลวอื่นๆ
เช็ดสิ่งสกปรกออกด้วยผ้านุ่มที่เปียกหมาดๆอย่าใช้สารซักฟอก

หรือตัวทำละลาย
ทำความสะอาดโดยเฉพาะเลนส์รับแสง (18) ทางออก

ลำแสงเลเซอร์ (19) และกล้องถ่ายรูป (20) ด้วยความ
ระมัดระวังอย่างยิ่ง : ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าไม่มีสิ่งสกปรกติด
บนเลนส์รับแสง ทางออกลำแสงเลเซอร์ และกล้องถ่ายรูป
ทำความสะอาดเลนส์รับแสง ทางออกลำแสงเลเซอร์ และ
กล้องถ่ายรูป ด้วยสารที่เหมาะสำหรับเลนส์กล้องถ่ายรูป
เท่านั้น อย่าพยายามใช้วัตถุมีคมเขี่ยสิ่งสกปรกออกจากเลนส์
รับแสง ทางออกลำแสงเลเซอร์ หรือกล้องถ่ายรูป และอย่า
เช็ดบนอุปกรณ์เหล่านี้ (เสี่ยงต่อการถูกขูดขีด)

ในกรณีซ่อมแซม ให้ส่งเครื่องมือวัดโดยบรรจุลงในกระเป๋าใส่
เครื่องมือวัด (23)

การบริการหลังการขายและการให้คำปรึกษาการ ใช้งาน

ศูนย์บริการหลังการขายของเรายินดีตอบคำถามของ
ท่านที่เกี่ยวกับการบำรุงรักษาและการซ่อมแซมผลิตภัณฑ์รวม
ทั้งเรื่องอะไหล่ ภาพเขียนแบบการประกอบและข้อมูลเกี่ยวกับ
อะไหล่ กรุณาดูใน: www.bosch-pt.com
ทีมงานที่ปรึกษาของ บ๊อช ยินดีให้ข้อมูลเกี่ยวกับผลิตภัณฑ์
ของเราและอุปกรณ์ประกอบต่างๆ

เมื่อต้องการสอบถามและสั่งซื้ออะไหล่ กรุณาแจ้งหมายเลข
สินค้า 10 หลักบนแผ่นป้ายรุ่นของผลิตภัณฑ์ทุกครั้ง

ไทย

ไทย บริษัท โรเบิร์ต บ๊อช จำกัด
เอฟวายไอ เซ็นเตอร์ อาคาร 1 ชั้น 5
เลขที่ 2525 ถนนพระราม 4
แขวงคลองเตย เขตคลองเตย กรุงเทพฯ 10110
โทร: [phone]
แฟกซ์: [phone]
www.bosch.co.th

ศูนย์บริการซ่อมและฝึกอบรม บ๊อช
อาคาร ลาซาลทาวเวอร์ ชั้น G ห้องเลขที่ 2
บ้านเลขที่ 10/11 หมู่ 16
ถนนศรีนครินทร์ ตำบลบางแก้ว อำเภอบางพลี
จังหวัดสมุทรปราการ 10540
ประเทศไทย
โทรศัพท์ 02 7587555
โทรสาร 02 7587525

สามารถดูที่อยู่ศูนย์บริการอื่นๆ ได้ที่:

www.bosch-pt.com/serviceaddresses

การกำจัดขยะ

เครื่องมือวัด อุปกรณ์ประกอบ และหีบห่อ ต้องนำ
ไปแยกประเภทวัสดุเพื่อส่งเข้าสู่กระบวนการรีไซเคิลที่เป็นมิตร
ต่อสิ่งแวดล้อม

อย่าทิ้งเครื่องมือวัดและแบตเตอรี่ลงในขยะบ้าน!

1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020) Bosch Power Tools

Bahasa Indonesia

Petunjuk Keselamatan

Petunjuk lengkap ini harus dibaca dan

diperhatikan agar tidak terjadi bahaya dan

Anda dapat bekerja dengan aman saat

menggunakan alat ukur ini. Apabila alat
ukur tidak digunakan sesuai dengan petunjuk yang
disertakan, keamanan alat ukur dapat terganggu.
Janganlah sekali-kali menutupi atau melepas label
keselamatan kerja yang ada pada alat ukur ini. SIMPAN
PETUNJUK INI DENGAN BAIK DAN BERIKAN KEPADA
PEMILIK ALAT UKUR BERIKUTNYA.

u Perhatian – jika perangkat pengoperasian atau

perangkat pengaturan atau prosedur lain selain yang
dituliskan di sini digunakan, hal ini dapat
menyebabkan terjadinya paparan radiasi yang
berbahaya.

u Alat pengukur dikirim dengan tanda peringatan laser

(ditandai dengan ilustrasi alat pengukur di halaman
grafis).

u Jika teks pada tanda peringatan laser tidak tertulis

dalam bahasa negara Anda, tempelkan label yang
tersedia dalam bahasa negara Anda di atas label
berbahasa Inggris sebelum Anda menggunakan alat
untuk pertama kalinya.

Jangan melihat sinar laser ataupun
mengarahkannya kepada orang lain atau
hewan baik secara langsung maupun dari
pantulan. Sinar laser dapat membutakan

seseorang, menyebabkan kecelakaan atau
merusak mata.

u Jika radiasi laser mengenai mata, tutup mata Anda

dan segera gerakkan kepala agar tidak terkena
sorotan laser.

u Jangan mengubah peralatan laser.
u Jangan gunakan kacamata pelihat laser (aksesori)

sebagai kacamata pelindung. Kacamata pelihat laser
digunakan untuk mendeteksi sinar laser dengan lebih
baik, namun tidak melindungi dari sinar laser.

u Jangan gunakan kacamata pelihat laser (aksesori)

sebagai kacamata hitam atau di jalan raya. Kacamata
pelihat laser tidak menawarkan perlindungan penuh
terhadap sinar UV dan mengurangi persepsi warna.

u Perbaiki alat ukur hanya di teknisi ahli resmi dan

gunakan hanya suku cadang asli. Dengan demikian,
keselamatan kerja dengan alat ukur ini selalu terjamin.

u Jangan biarkan anak-anak menggunakan alat ukur

laser tanpa pengawasan. Anda dapat secara tidak
sengaja membuat orang menjadi buta.

u Jangan mengoperasikan alat ukur di area yang

berpotensi meledak yang di dalamnya terdapat
cairan, gas, atau serbuk yang dapat terbakar. Di dalam

Bahasa Indonesia | 49

alat pengukur dapat terjadi bunga api, yang lalu menyulut
debu atau uap.

u Alat ukur dilengkapi dengan antarmuka nirkabel.

Perhatikan batasan pengoperasian lokal, misalnya
dalam pesawat terbang atau di rumah sakit.

Istilah merek Bluetooth® serta gambar simbol (logo)
merupakan merek dagang terdaftar dan kepemilikan dari
Bluetooth SIG, Inc. Setiap penggunaan istilah merek/
gambar simbol ini berada di bawah lisensi Robert Bosch
Power Tools GmbH.

u Waspada! Ketika menggunakan alat pengukur dengan

Bluetooth ® dapat terjadi gangguan pada perangkat
dan instalasi lain, pesawat terbang, dan perangkat
medis (misalnya alat pacu jantung, alat bantu dengar).
Selain itu, cedera pada manusia dan binatang di area
sekitar tidak dapat seluruhnya dihindari. Jangan
menggunakan alat pengukur dengan Bluetooth® di
dekat perangkat medis, pusat pengisian bahan bakar,
instalasi kimia, dan area dengan bahaya ledakan.
Jangan menggunakan alat pengukur dengan
Bluetooth® dalam pesawat terbang. Hindari
pengoperasian di dekat kepala secara langsung dalam
waktu yang lama.

Spesifikasi produk dan performa

Perhatikan ilustrasi yang terdapat pada bagian depan
panduan pengoperasian.

Tujuan penggunaan

Alat pengukur merupakan instrumen untuk mengukur jarak,
panjang, tinggi, celah dan untuk menghitung luas bidang dan
volume.

Hasil ukur dapat dikirim melalui Bluetooth® ke perangkat
lainnya.

Alat ukur ditujukan untuk digunakan di dalam maupun di luar
ruangan.

Ilustrasi komponen

Nomor-nomor pada ilustrasi komponen sesuai dengan
gambar alat pengukur pada halaman gambar.

Display

(1)

Tombol ukur [ ] (dapat digunakan di depan atau

(2)

samping)
Softkey [ ]

(3)
(4) Tombol plus [+] /Pilih ke kanan

Tombol zoom

(5)

Tempat pemasangan tali pergelangan tangan

(6)

Tombol pelepas pin pengukur

(7)

Pin pengukur

(8)
(9)

Tombol on/off [ ]
Tombol display sasaran

(10)
(11) Tombol minus [−] /Pilih ke kiri

Softkey [ ]

(12)

Bosch Power Tools 1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020)

50 | Bahasa Indonesia

(13) Tombol fungsi [Func]

Label peringatan laser

(14)

Nomor seri

(15)

Tutup kompartemen baterai

(16)

Soket tripod 1/4"

(17)

Lensa penerima

(18)

Outlet sinar laser

(19)

Kamera

(20)

Kenop putar

(21)

Baterai

(22)

Kantong pelindung

(23)

Tali pergelangan tangan

(24)

Panel sasaran laser

(25)

Kacamata laser

(26)
(27)

A)

Aksesori yang ada pada gambar atau yang dijelaskan tidak
termasuk dalam lingkup pengiriman standar. Semua
aksesori yang ada dapat Anda lihat dalam program aksesori
kami.

Tripod

A)

A)

A)

Simbol pada display

Baris hasil pengukuran

(a)

Display sasaran (hair cross)

(b)

Tampilan sudut kemiringan

(c)

Tanggal/waktu

(d)

Bidang acuan pengukuran

(e)

Status koneksi

(f)

Bluetooth® tidak diaktifkan

Bluetooth® aktif, koneksi dihasilkan

Indikator level pengisian daya baterai

(g)

Garis nilai pengukuran

(h)

Pengaturan (softkey)

(i)

Fungsi pengukuran yang dipilih

(j)

Memori internal (softkey)

(k)

Fungsi bantuan yang terintegrasi (softkey)

(l)

Kembali (softkey)

(m)

Layar awal (softkey)

(n)

Pengaturan perangkat

(o)

Data teknis

Laser pengukur
jarak digital

Nomor seri

Rentang pengukuran
(khusus)

Rentang pengukuran
(kondisi khusus dan tidak
menguntungkan)

GLM 150 C

3 601 K72 F..

0,08–150 m

0,08–60 m

Laser pengukur
jarak digital

Akurasi pengukuran
(khusus)

Akurasi pengukuran
(kondisi khusus dan tidak
menguntungkan)

Unit display terkecil 0,5 mm

Waterpas dan pengukuran jarak tidak langsung

Rentang pengukuran 0°–360° (4x90°)

Pengukuran kemiringan

Rentang pengukuran 0°–360° (4x90°)
Akurasi pengukuran

(khusus)
Unit display terkecil 0,1°

Umum

Suhu pengoperasian –10°C ...+45°C
Suhu penyimpanan –20°C ...+70°C
Rentang suhu yang diizinkan

untuk pengisian daya
Kelembapan relatif maks. 90%
Ketinggian maksimal di atas

tinggi acuan
Tingkat polusi sesuai

dengan IEC61010-1
Kelas laser 2
Jenis laser 650 nm, < 1mW
Diameter sinar laser (pada suhu 25°C) sekitar
– dalam jarak 10m 9mm
– dalam jarak 100 90mm
Penonaktifan otomatis setelah sekitar
– Laser 20 detik
– Alat pengukur (tanpa

pengukuran)
Baterai 3 x 1,5 V LR6 (AA)
Berat sesuai dengan EPTA-

Procedure 01:2014
Ukuran 142 (176) x 64 x 28 mm
Jenis keamanan IP 54 (terlindung dari debu

Transmisi data

Bluetooth® Bluetooth®

A)

Pita frekuensi
pengoperasian

B)

GLM 150 C

±1,5 mm

±3,0 mm

±0,2° C) D)

+5°C...+40°C

2000 m

2

5 menit

0,23 kg

dan

percikan air)

(4.2 low energy)

2402 – 2480 MHz

A)

B)

E)

F)

G)

H)

I)

1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020) Bosch Power Tools

Bahasa Indonesia | 51

Laser pengukur

GLM 150 C

jarak digital

Daya transmisi maks. 8 mW

A) Saat mengukur dari tepi depan alat pengukur, berlaku untuk

daya pantul objek yang tinggi (misalnya dinding yang dicat
putih), pencahayaan latar belakang yang lemah, dan suhu
pengoperasian sebesar 25°C. Selain itu, penyimpangan sebesar
±0,05mm/m juga harus diperhitungkan.

B) Pada saat mengukur dari tepi depan alat pengukur, berlaku

kemampuan refleksi tujuan yang tinggi (misalnya dinding yang
dicat putih), pencahayaan latar belakang lebih kuat. Selain itu,
penyimpangan sebesar ± 0,15 mm/m juga harus
diperhitungkan.

C) Berdasarkan kalibrasi pada sudut 0° dan 90°. Dapat terjadi

kesalahan gradien maks. ±0,01°/derajat hingga 45°. Akurasi
pengukuran mengacu pada tiga orientasi kalibrasi pengukuran

kemiringan, lihat ilustrasi H
D) Pada suhu pengoperasian 25°C
E) Sisi kiri alat pengukur digunakan sebagai bidang acuan untuk

mengukur kemiringan.
F) Suhu pengoperasian maksimal pada fungsi pengukuran kontinu

yakni +40 °C.
G) Hanya polusi nonkonduktif, namun terkadang muncul

konduktivitas sementara yang disebabkan oleh kondensasi
H) Waktu penonaktifan otomatis dapat diatur (2, 5, 10menit atau

tidak sama sekali).
I) Sambungan mungkin tidak dapat dibuat pada perangkat

Bluetooth® Low Energy tergantung pada model dan sistem

pengoperasian. Perangkat Bluetooth® harus mendukung profil

GATT.

Nomor seri (15) pada label tipe berfungsi sebagai identifikasi alat
pengukur Anda.

Cara memasang

Memasukkan/mengganti baterai

Untuk pengoperasian alat pengukur disarankan memakai
baterai mangan alkali.

– Tekan tombol pelepas (7) dan keluarkan pin pengukur (8)

sebesar 180°.

– Untuk membuka penutup kompartemen baterai (16) lipat

kenop putar (21) ke atas dan putar seperempat putaran
berlawanan dengan arah jarum jam. Buka penutup
kompartemen baterai pada kenopnya. Masukkan baterai.
Pastikan baterai terpasang pada posisi kutub yang benar
sesuai gambar di dalam penutup baterai.

u Keluarkan baterai dari alat pengukur jika tidak

digunakan dalam waktu yang lama. Jika baterai
disimpan untuk waktu yang lama, baterai dapat berkarat
dan dayanya akan habis dengan sendirinya.

u Catatan: TrackMyTools hanya dapat berfungsi jika

terdapat baterai.

Penggunaan

Cara penggunaan

u Jangan biarkan alat ukur yang aktif berada di luar

pengawasan dan matikan alat ukur setelah digunakan.

Sinar laser dapat menyilaukan mata orang lain.

u Lindungilah alat ukur dari cairan dan sinar matahari

langsung.

u Jauhkan alat ukur dari suhu atau perubahan suhu

yang ekstrem. Jangan biarkan alat ukur berada terlalu
lama di dalam kendaraan. Biarkan alat ukur menyesuaikan
suhu lingkungan sebelum dioperasikan saat terjadi
perubahan suhu yang drastis. Pada suhu yang ekstrem
atau terjadi perubahan suhu yang drastis, ketepatan alat
ukur dapat terganggu.

u Hindari guncangan atau benturan yang keras pada

alat ukur. Apabila setelah terjadi pengaruh eksternal
yang kuat pada alat ukur, disarankan untuk memeriksa
akurasi alat ukur sebelum digunakan kembali (lihat
„Pemeriksaan akurasi pada pengukuran jarak“,
Halaman57).

u Alat pengukur dilengkapi dengan antarmuka nirkabel.

Perhatikan batasan pengoperasian lokal, misalnya
dalam pesawat terbang atau di rumah sakit.

Mengaktifkan/menonaktifkan perkakas listrik

Selama bekerja, pastikan bahwa lensa penerima (18), outlet
sinar laser (19) dan kamera (20) tidak tertutup atau
terselubung, jika tidak, akan terjadi kesalahan pengukuran.

– Untuk menyalakan alat pengukur dan laser, tekan singkat

tombol ukur di depan atau samping (2) [ ].

– Untuk menyalakan alat pengukur tanpa laser, tekan

singkat tombol on/off (9) [ ].

u Jangan mengarahkan sinar laser pada orang lain atau

binatang dan jangan melihat ke sinar laser, juga tidak
dari jarak jauh.

Untuk mematikan laser, tekan singkat tombol on/off (9) [
].

Untuk mematikan kamera, tekan tombol display sasaran
(10).

Untuk mematikan alat pengukur, tekan dan tahan tombol
on/off (9) [ ].

Saat menonaktifkan alat pengukur, nilai yang disimpan pada
memori dan pengaturan perangkat akan tetap tersimpan.

Kamera

Saat alat pengukur dinyalakan pertama kali, kamera (20)
menyala secara otomatis. Untuk mematikannya, tekan
tombol display sasaran (10).

Pengaturan kamera (on/off) disimpan saat alat pengukur
dimatikan.

Pengoptimalan visibilitas titik laser

Saat alat pengukur digunakan terutama di tempat terbuka,
terkena paparan sinar matahari atau juga saat pengukuran
jarak jauh dalam interior, titik laser mungkin tidak terlihat.
Visibilitas titik laser/sasaran pengukuran dapat ditingkatkan
untuk menyalakan kamera:

– Pengaturan kecerahan display (pengaturan perangkat)
– Penggunaan zoom dengan tombol (5).

Bosch Power Tools 1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020)

52 | Bahasa Indonesia

Prosedur pengukuran

Setelah diaktifkan, alat pengukur berada dalam fungsi
pengukuran panjang. Tekan tombol (13) [Func] untuk
fungsi ukur lainnya. Pilih fungsi pengukuran yang diinginkan
menggunakan tombol (4) [+] atau tombol (11) [–] dari
(lihat „Fungsi pengukuran“, Halaman53). Aktifkan fungsi
pengukuran menggunakan tombol (13) [Func] atau tombol
ukur (2) [ ].

Setelah diaktifkan, tepi belakang alat pengukur telah dipilih
sebagai bidang acuan untuk pengukuran. Untuk mengubah
bidang acuan (lihat „Memilih bidang acuan (lihat gambarA)“,
Halaman52). Letakkan alat pengukur pada titik awal
pengukuran yang diinginkan (misalnya dinding).

Catatan: Jika alat pengukur diaktifkan menggunakan tombol
on/off (9) [ ] tekan singkat tombol ukur (2) [ ] untuk

menyalakan laser.
Untuk memulai pengukuran, tekan singkat tombol ukur (2)

[ ]. Lalu sinar laser akan dinonaktifkan. Ulangi prosedur ini
untuk pengukuran selanjutnya.

Jika sinar laser permanen dinyalakan dan sedang berada
pada fungsi pengukuran kontinu, pengukuran dimulai
setelah tombol ukur (2) [ ] ditekan pertama kali.

u Jangan mengarahkan sinar laser pada orang lain atau

binatang dan jangan melihat ke sinar laser, juga tidak
dari jarak jauh.

Catatan: Nilai pengukuran biasanya muncul dalam waktu

0,5detik dan paling lambat setelah 4detik. Periode
pengukuran tergantung pada jarak, rasio cahaya, dan
karakter refleksi permukaan tujuan. Setelah pengukuran
selesai, sinar laser akan secara otomatis dimatikan. Sinar
laser permanen yang dihidupkan tidak dimatikan setelah
pengukuran (lihat „Sinar laser permanen“, Halaman52).

Memilih bidang acuan (lihat gambarA)

Untuk melakukan pengukuran, empat bidang acuan berikut
dapat dipilih:

– tepi belakang alat pengukur (misalnya saat mengukur dari

dinding),

– ujung pin pengukur yang terlipat sebesar 180° (8)

(misalnya untuk mengukur dari sudut),

– tepi depan alat pengukur (misalnya saat mengukur dari

tepi meja),

– bagian tengah ulir (17) (misalnya: untuk mengukur

dengan tripod)

Pembukaan atau penutupan pin pengukur (8) sebesar 180°
akan dideteksi secara otomatis dan bidang acuan yang
bersangkutan akan direkomendasikan. Konfirmasi
pengaturan dengan tombol ukur (2) [ ].

Pilih pengaturan alat pengukur menggunakan tombol softkey
(3) [ ]. Pilih bidang acuan dengan tombol (4) [+] atau
tombol (11) [–] dan konfirmasi dengan tombol (13) [Func].

Setelah setiap pengaktifan alat pengukur, tepi belakang alat
pengukur akan secara otomatis ditetapkan sebagai bidang
acuan.

Sinar laser permanen

Jika perlu, alat pengukur juga dapat diatur menjadi sinar
laser permanen. Pilih pengaturan alat pengukur
menggunakan tombol softkey (3) [ ]. Pilih sinar laser
permanen dengan tombol (4) [+] atau tombol (11) [–] dan
konfirmasi dengan tombol (13) [Func].

u Jangan mengarahkan sinar laser pada orang lain atau

binatang dan jangan melihat ke sinar laser, juga tidak
dari jarak jauh.

Pada pengaturan ini, sinar laser juga tetap menyala selama
pengukuran, untuk mengukur hanya perlu dengan menekan
singkat tombol ukur (2) [ ] satu kali.

Sinar laser permanen dimatikan kembali dalam pengaturan
atau secara otomatis saat alat pengukur dimatikan.

Menu "Pengaturan"

Untuk masuk ke menu "Pengaturan" (i), tekan singkat
softkey (3) [ ] atau tekan dan tahan tombol (13) [Func].

Pilih pengaturan yang diinginkan dengan tombol (4) [+] atau
tombol (11) [−] dan konfirmasi dengan tombol (13) [Func].
Pilih pengaturan yang diinginkan.

Untuk keluar dari menu "Pengaturan", tekan tombol on/off

(9) [ ] atau tombol softkey (12) [ ].

Pengaturan

Bluetooth®

Bidang acuan

Fungsi pengatur waktu

Sinar laser permanen

Kalibrasi pengukuran kemiringan

Kalibrasi display sasaran

Pengaturan perangkat

Fungsi pengatur waktu

Fungsi pengatur waktu membantu misalnya saat mengukur
lokasi yang sulit dijangkau atau saat pergerakan alat
pengukur terhambat selama pengukuran.

Pilih fungsi pengatur waktu dalam pengaturan. Pilih jangka
waktu yang diinginkan dari pelepasan pin pengukur hingga
pengukuran dan konfirmasi dengan tombol ukur (2) [ ]
atau tombol (13) [Func].

Kemudian, tekan tombol ukur (2) [ ] untuk menyalakan
sinar laser dan menentukan titik sasaran. Tekan kembali
tombol ukur (2) [ ] untuk melakukan pengukuran.
Pengukuran dilakukan setelah jangka waktu yang ditentukan.
Nilai pengukuran akan ditampilkan pada baris hasil (a).

Jangka waktu mulai dari pelepasan pin pengukur hingga
pengukuran ditampilkan pada status bar di atas.

Pengukuran kontinu (terus-menerus) maupun pengukuran
minimum/maksimum tidak dapat dilakukan saat berada
dalam fungsi pengatur waktu.

1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020) Bosch Power Tools

Bahasa Indonesia | 53

ft/m

09.06.2017
13:20:23

0.0º

23.198 m

m

9.279
m

13.919
m

18.558

m

4.640

Pengatur waktu akan tetap aktif hingga alat pengukur
dimatikan atau hingga dimatikan pada menu "Pengaturan".

Menu "Pengaturan perangkat"

Pilih menu "Pengaturan perangkat" dalam menu
"Pengaturan".

Pilih pengaturan perangkat yang diinginkan dengan tombol

(4) [+] atau tombol (11) [−] dan konfirmasi dengan tombol
(13) [Func]. Pilih pengaturan perangkat yang diinginkan.

Untuk keluar dari menu "Pengaturan perangkat" (o), tekan
tombol on/off (9) [ ] atau tombol softkey (12) [ ].

Pengaturan perangkat

Bahasa
Waktu & tanggal

Satuan ukur

Satuan sudut

TrackMyTools

Info perangkat

Tanda bunyi

Waktu penonaktifan

Peredup cahaya

Kecerahan display

Orientasi display

Mengatur bahasa

Pilih "Bahasa" dalam pengaturan perangkat. Atur bahasa
yang diinginkan dan konfirmasi dengan tombol (13) [Func]
atau tombol ukur (2)[ ].

Mengatur tanggal dan waktu

Pilih "Waktu & tanggal" dalam pengaturan perangkat. Atur
tanggal dan waktu sesuai petunjuk pada display dan
konfirmasi dengan softkey (12) [ ].

Catatan: Tanggal dan waktu harus diatur kembali setelah
mengganti baterai.

Mengubah satuan ukur

Pilih "Satuan ukur" dalam pengaturan perangkat. Satuan
ukur pengaturan standar adalah "m" (meter).

Atur satuan ukur yang diinginkan dan konfirmasi dengan
tombol (13) [Func].

Untuk keluar dari item menu, tekan tombol on/off (9) [ ]
atau tombol softkey (3) [ ]. Pengaturan perangkat yang
telah dipilih akan tetap tersimpan setelah alat pengukur
dimatikan.

Mengubah satuan sudut

Pilih "Satuan sudut" dalam pengaturan perangkat.
Pengaturan dasarnya adalah satuan sudut „°“ (derajat).

Atur satuan sudut yang diinginkan dan konfirmasi dengan
tombol (13) [Func].

Untuk keluar dari item menu, tekan tombol on/off (9) [ ]
atau tombol softkey (3) [ ]. Pengaturan perangkat yang
telah dipilih akan tetap tersimpan setelah alat pengukur
dimatikan.

TrackMyTools

Pilih "TrackMyTools" dalam pengaturan perangkat.
Konfirmasi pengaturan dengan tombol (13) [Func].

Aktivasi pertama kali harus dilakukan. Pengiriman data
hanya dapat dilakukan dengan aplikasi atau program PC
yang sesuai.

TrackMyTools dapat dinonaktifkan kembali setiap saat.
Pengaturan TrackMyTools (aktif/nonaktif) disimpan setelah

alat pengukur dimatikan.
Catatan: TrackMyTools hanya dapat berfungsi jika terdapat

baterai. Untuk mengaktifkan TrackMyTools setelah
penggantian baterai, alat pengukur harus dinyalakan
sebentar.

Pencahayaan display

Pilih "Peredup cahaya" dalam pengaturan perangkat.
Pencahayaan display diaktifkan secara permanen. Jika tidak

ada tombol yang ditekan, pencahayaan display akan
meredup setelah sekitar 30detik untuk menghemat baterai.

Waktu hingga mulainya pengaktifan peredup cahaya dapat
diatur (pengaturan perangkat).

Kecerahan display dapat disesuaikan dengan kondisi
lingkungan sekitar dalam beberapa tingkatan (pengaturan
perangkat).

Fungsi pengukuran

Catatan: Fungsi bantuan yang terintegrasi

Pada alat pengukur terdapat bantuan berupa animasi untuk
setiap fungsi pengukuran. Pilih tombol (13) [Func], tombol
(4) [+] atau (11) [−] lalu tombol softkey (3) [ ]. Animasi
tersebut menunjukkan prosedur terperinci untuk fungsi
pengukuran yang dipilih.

Animasi dapat dihentikan dan dimulai ulang setiap saat
dengan tombol (3)[ ]. Gunakan tombol (4) [+] atau (11)
[−] untuk bergulir bolak-balik.

Pengukuran panjang

Pilih pengukuran panjang .
Untuk mengaktifkan sinar laser, tekan singkat tombol ukur

(2) [ ].
Untuk pengukuran, tekan singkat tombol ukur (2) [ ]. Hasil

pengukuran ditampilkan di display bagian bawah.

Ulangi langkah di atas saat setiap kali
mengukur. Nilai ukur terakhir terletak pada
display bagian bawah, nilai kedua terakhir
berada di atasnya dan seterusnya.

Pengukuran kontinu

Saat melakukan pengukuran kontinu, alat pengukur dapat
digerakkan tergantung target dengan nilai pengukuran yang
diperbarui kira-kira setiap 0,5detik. Pengguna dapat

Bosch Power Tools 1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020)

54 | Bahasa Indonesia

09.06.2017
13:20:23

0.0º

max

min

m

m

1.291
m

11.623

11.623

09.06.2017
13:20:23

0.0º

43.050 m

2

m

4.640
m

9.279

09.06.2017
13:20:23

0.0º

m

4.640
m

9.279
m

13.919

599.276 m

3

09.06.2017
13:20:23

45º

m

37.116

45.0

26.245 m

09.06.2017
13:20:23

º

30º

32.852 m

m

48.873
m

56.335

35.5

09.06.2017
13:20:23

60º

m

153.104

60.0

76.552 m

menjauh dari dinding hingga ke suatu jarak tertentu selama
jarak saat ini selalu dapat terbaca.

Pilih pengukuran kontinu .
Untuk mengaktifkan sinar laser, tekan singkat tombol ukur

(2) [ ].
Gerakkan alat pengukur sekian lama hingga jarak yang

diinginkan muncul pada display di bagian bawah.

Dengan menekan sebentar tombol ukur (2) [
] pengukuran kontinu dibatalkan. Nilai ukur
saat ini akan ditampilkan pada display bagian
bawah. Nilai ukur maksimal dan minimal
terletak di atasnya. Pengukuran kontinu akan
dimulai ulang dengan menekan kembali tombol

ukur (2) [ ].
Pengukuran kontinu akan berhenti secara otomatis setelah 5

menit.

Pengukuran luas

Pilih pengukuran luas .
Kemudian ukur lebar dan panjang secara bergantian seperti

dalam pengukuran panjang. Di antara dua pengukuran
tersebut, sinar laser tetap menyala. Jarak yang diukur
berkedip pada tampilan pengukuran luas (lihat elemen
display (j)).

Nilai ukur pertama ditampilkan pada display
bagian atas.

Setelah selesai pengukuran kedua, luas
permukaan secara otomatis dihitung dan
ditampilkan. Hasil akhir terletak di display
bagian bawah, nilai ukur tunggal terletak di

atasnya.

Pengukuran volume

Pilih pengukuran volume .
Kemudian ukur lebar, panjang dan kedalaman secara

bergantian seperti dalam pengukuran panjang. Di antara tiga
pengukuran tersebut, sinar laser tetap menyala. Jarak yang
diukur berkedip pada tampilan pengukuran volume (lihat
elemen display (j)).

Nilai ukur pertama ditampilkan pada display
bagian atas.

Setelah pengukuran ketiga selesai, volume
dihitung secara otomatis dan ditampilkan.
Hasil akhir terletak di display bagian bawah,
nilai ukur tunggal terletak di atasnya.

Pengukuran jarak tidak langsung

Pilih pengukuran jarak tidak langsung . Terdapat empat
fungsi pengukuran jarak tidak langsung yang dapat
digunakan untuk menentukan jarak yang berbeda-beda.

Pengukuran jarak tidak langsung digunakan untuk
menentukan jarak yang tidak dapat diukur secara langsung
karena ada sesuatu yang menghalangi jalannya sinar atau
tidak ada permukaan yang tersedia sebagai reflektor. Cara
pengukuran ini hanya dapat dilakukan dalam arah vertikal.
Segala deviasi dalam arah horizontal akan menyebabkan
kesalahan dalam pengukuran.

Catatan: Pengukuran jarak tidak langsung selalu tidak akurat
dibandingkan dengan pengukuran jarak langsung. Kesalahan
pengukuran dapat lebih besar daripada pengukuran
langsung tergantung pada pemakaiannya. Untuk ketepatan
pengukuran yang lebih baik, kami menyarankan untuk
menggunakan sebuah tripod (aksesori). Sinar laser akan
tetap hidup di antara pengukuran tunggal

a) Pengukuran tinggi tidak langsung (lihat gambarB)

Pilih pengukuran tinggi tidak langsung .
Pastikan alat pengukur berada pada ketinggian yang sama

dengan titik pengukuran bawah. Lalu miringkan alat
pengukur pada bidang acuan dan ukur jarak "1" seperti saat
mengukur panjang (pada display digambarkan dengan garis
merah).

Setelah pengukuran selesai dilakukan, hasil
untuk jarak yang dicari "X" ditampilkan pada
baris hasil (a). Nilai pengukuran pada jarak "1"
dan sudut "α" terletak pada baris nilai ukur

(h).

b) Pengukuran tinggi ganda tidak langsung (lihat
gambarC)

alat pengukur dapat mengukur secara tidak langsung semua
jarak yang terletak pada bidang vertikal alat pengukur. Pilih

pengukuran tinggi ganda tidak langsung . Ukur jarak "1"
dan "2" seperti pada pengukuran panjang dalam urutan ini.

Setelah pengukuran selesai dilakukan, hasil
untuk jarak "X" yang dicari ditampilkan pada
baris hasil (a). Nilai pengukuran untuk jarak
"1", "2" dan sudut "α" terletak pada baris nilai
hasil (h).

Pastikan bidang acuan pengukuran (misalnya
tepi belakang alat pengukur) tetap berada pada posisi yang
sama saat semua pengukuran tunggal dalam prosedur
pengukuran.

c) Pengukuran panjang tidak langsung (lihat gambarD)

Pilih pengukuran panjang tidak langsung .
Pastikan alat pengukur berada pada ketinggian yang sama

dengan titik ukur yang dicari. Lalu miringkan alat pengukur
pada bidang acuan dan ukur jarak "1" seperti saat mengukur
panjang.

Setelah pengukuran selesai dilakukan, hasil

untuk jarak "X" yang dicari ditampilkan pada

baris hasil (a). Nilai pengukuran pada jarak "1"

dan sudut "α" terletak pada baris nilai ukur

(h).

d) Pengukuran trapesium (lihat gambar E)

Pengukuran trapesium, misalnya, dapat digunakan untuk
menentukan panjang kemiringan atap.

Pilih pengukuran trapesium .
Ukur jarak "1", "2" dan "3" seperti pada pengukuran

panjang dalam urutan ini. Pastikan pengukuran jarak "3"
dimulai tepat di titik akhir jarak "1" dan di antara jarak "1"

1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020) Bosch Power Tools

Bahasa Indonesia | 55

09.06.2017
13:20:23

60º

m

3.624
m

2.456
m

4.872

4.356 m

09.06.2017
13:20:23

0.0º

m

2.500
m

3.899

m

12.558

31.395 m

2

m0.483

0.500m

1

0.81x

m0.500

0.500m1x

1° 2° 3°

88.0°

09.06.2017
13:20:23

30º

32.852 m

44

m

48.873
m

56.335

35.5

º

dan "2" serta di antara jarak "1" dan "3" terdapat sudut
kanan.

Setelah pengukuran terakhir selesai dilakukan,
hasil untuk jarak "X" yang dicari ditampilkan
pada baris hasil (a). Nilai pengukuran tunggal
terletak pada garis nilai pengukuran (h).

Pengukuran luas dinding (lihat gambarF)

Pengukuran luas dinding digunakan untuk menentukan
jumlah dari beberapa bidang tunggal dengan ketinggian yang
sama. Pada contoh yang ditampilkan, luas keseluruhan
beberapa dinding perlu ditentukan yang memiliki ketinggian
ruang yang sama H namun panjang L yang berbeda.

Pilih pengukuran luas permukaan dinding .
Ukur ketinggian ruang H seperti saat mengukur panjang. Nilai

ukur akan ditampilkan di baris atas nilai ukur. Sinar laser
tetap menyala.

Kemudian ukur panjang L1 dinding pertama.
Luas akan dihitung secara otomatis dan
ditampilkan pada baris hasil (a). Nilai ukur
terakhir terletak di baris bawah nilai ukur (h).
Sinar laser tetap menyala.

Selanjutnya, ukur panjang L2 dinding kedua.
Nilai ukur satuan yang ditampilkan pada baris nilai ukur (h)
akan ditambahkan ke panjang L1. Jumlah kedua panjang
(ditampilkan di baris tengah nilai ukur (h)) akan dikalikan
dengan tinggi yang telah tersimpan H. Nilai luas keseluruhan
akan ditampilkan pada baris hasil (a).

Panjang LX lainnya yang ditambahkan secara otomatis dan
dikalikan dengan tinggi H dapat diukur secara opsional.
Syarat penghitungan luas permukaan yang benar yakni
panjang yang telah diukur pertama (sebagai contoh, tinggi
ruang H) identik untuk semua luas permukaan parsial.

Fungsi peninjau (lihat gambar G)

Fungsi peninjau akan mengukur secara berulang-ulang
panjang yang ditentukan (jarak). Panjang ini dapat ditransfer
ke permukaan untuk memungkinkan pemotongan material
dengan panjang potongan yang sama atau untuk mengatur
dinding partisi pada konstruksi drywall. Panjang minimal
yang dapat diatur sebesar 0,1 m, panjang maksimal sebesar
50 m.

Catatan: Pada stake out function (fungsi peninjau), jarak ke
penanda akan ditampilkan pada display. Ujung alat pengukur
bukan acuan.

Pilih fungsi peninjau .
Atur panjang yang diinginkan dengan tombol (4) [+] atau

tombol (11) [–].
Hidupkan fungsi peninjau dengan menekan tombol ukur (2)

[ ], dan jauhkan secara perlahan dari titik awal.

alat pengukur terus mengukur jarak ke titik

awal. Dengan itu panjang yang telah ditentukan

serta nilai ukur saat ini akan ditampilkan.

Panah atas atau bawah menunjukkan jarak

terkecil untuk penandaan terakhir atau

berikutnya.

Catatan: Saat mengukur secara berkelanjutan, nilai yang
telah diukur sebagai panjang ditentukan dapat ditentukan
dengan menekan dan menahan tombol ukur (2) [ ].

Koefisien kiri menunjukkan frekuensi panjang
yang ditentukan yang telah tercapai. Panah
hijau samping pada display menunjukkan
panjang yang dicapai untuk tujuan penandaan.

Tanda panah merah atau tulisan merah
menunjukkan nilai sebenarnya jika nilai acuan berada di luar
display.

Pengukuran kemiringan/waterpas digital

Pilih pengukur kemiringan/waterpas digital .
alat pengukur beralih secara otomatis di antara dua kondisi.

Waterpas digital digunakan untuk menguji arah

vertikal atau horizontal suatu objek (contoh:

mesin cuci, kulkas, dsb).

Jika sudut kemiringan 3° terlampaui, bola akan

menyala merah pada display.

Sisi bawah alat pengukur berfungsi sebagai
bidang acuan untuk waterpas digital.

Pengukuran kemiringan digunakan untuk

mengukur tanjakan atau turunan (contoh: pada

tangga, selusur pagar, saat mengukur mebel,

saat mengatur posisi pipa, dll.).

Sisi kiri alat pengukur digunakan sebagai

bidang acuan untuk mengukur kemiringan. Jika
display berkedip selama prosedur pengukuran berlangsung,
berarti posisi alat pengukur terlalu miring ke samping.

Fungsi memori

Nilai atau hasil akhir dari tiap akhir pengukuran akan
tersimpan secara otomatis.

Display nilai yang disimpan

Maksimal 50 nilai (nilai pengukuran) dapat diakses.
Pilih fungsi memori dengan softkey(12) [ ].

Angka nilai memori ditampilkan di bagian atas

display, sementara nilai memori dan fungsi

pengukuran yang berkaitan ditampilkan di

bagian bawah display.

Tekan tombol(4) [+] untuk menggulir ke

depan pada nilai yang tersimpan.
Tekan tombol(11) [–] untuk menggulir ke belakang pada

nilai yang tersimpan.
Jika tidak ada nilai yang tersedia di memori, pada display

akan ditampilkan "0.000" di bagian bawah dan "0" di
bagian atas.

Nilai terlama pada memori berada pada posisi 1, nilai
terbaru berada pada posisi 50 (pada 50 nilai memori yang
tersedia). Saat menyimpan nilai selanjutnya, nilai terlama di
memori akan selalu terhapus.

Menghapus memori

Untuk membuka memori, tekan softkey (12) [ ]. Untuk
menghapus nilai pengukuran dalam urutan terbalik, tekan
softkey (3) [ ] sebanyak yang diinginkan. Untuk
menghapus seluruh isi memori, tekan softkey (3) [ ] dan
tombol zoom (5) secara bersamaan.

Bosch Power Tools 1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020)

56 | Bahasa Indonesia

2

09.06.2017
13:20:23

0.0º

55.049 m

2

m

2

51.300
m

3.749

+

Menambah/mengurangi nilai

Nilai ukur atau hasil akhir dapat ditambah atau dikurangi.

Menambah nilai

Contoh berikut ini menggambarkan penambahan luas:
Tentukan luas sesuai dengan bagian "Pengukuran luas " (lihat
„Pengukuran luas“, Halaman54).

Tekan tombol (4) [+]. Simbol dan permukaan
yang dihitung "+" ditampilkan. Tekan tombol
ukur (2) [ ] untuk memulai pengukuran luas
selanjutnya. Tentukan luas sesuai dengan
bagian "Pengukuran luas " (lihat „Pengukuran

luas“, Halaman54). Begitu pengukuran kedua
selesai, hasil pengukuran luas kedua akan ditampilkan pada
display bagian bawah. Untuk menampilkan hasil akhir, tekan
ulang tombol ukur (2) [ ].

Catatan: Pada sebuah pengukuran panjang, hasil akhir akan
segera ditampilkan.

Mengurangi nilai

Untuk pengurangan nilai, tekan tombol (11) [–]. Prosedur
selanjutnya sama dengan "menambahkan nilai pengukuran".

Menghapus nilai atau hasil pengukuran

Dengan menekan sebentar tombol on/off (9) [ ] nilai
pengukuran terakhir pada semua fungsi pengukuran dapat
dihapus.

Antarmuka Bluetooth®

Pengiriman data ke perangkat lain

Alat pengukur dilengkapi dengan modul Bluetooth® dengan
teknologi radio yang memungkinkan transfer data ke
perangkat seluler tertentu dengan antarmuka Bluetooth®
(misalnya smartphone, tablet ).

Informasi mengenai persyaratan sistem yang diperlukan
untuk koneksi Bluetooth® dapat dilihat pada situs internet
Bosch di www.bosch-pt.com.

u Informasi lebih lanjut dapat ditemukan di halaman

produk Bosch.

Ketika mengirim data melalui Bluetooth® dapat terjadi
penundaan waktu antara perangkat seluler yang terhubung
dan alat pengukur ini. Hal ini dapat disebabkan pada jarak
kedua perangkat satu sama lain atau pada objek pengukuran
itu sendiri.

Pengaktifan antarmuka Bluetooth® untuk pengiriman data pada perangkat seluler

Pengaktifan antarmuka Bluetooth® dilakukan dalam
pengaturan. Untuk mengaktifkan sinyal Bluetooth®, tekan
tombol (4) [+]. Pastikan antarmuka Bluetooth® telah
diaktifkan pada perangkat seluler.

Aplikasi khusus Bosch "Measuring Master" tersedia untuk
memperluas cakupan fungsi ponsel dan untuk
mempermudah pengelolaan data. Alat tersebut dapat
diunduh tergantung perangkat yang ada di store terkait.

Setelah mengaktifkan aplikasi Bosch, koneksi antara
perangkat seluler dengan alat pengukur akan dibuat. Pilih
alat pengukur yang tepat sesuai dengan nomor seri jika

beberapa alat pengukur aktif telah ditemukan. Nomor seri
(15) dapat ditemukan di pelat spesifikasi alat pengukur.

Status koneksi serta koneksi yang aktif (f) ditampilkan pada
display (1) alat pengukur.

Penonaktifan antarmuka Bluetooth®

Penonaktifan koneksi Bluetooth® dilakukan dalam
pengaturan. Untuk menonaktifkan sinyal Bluetooth®, tekan
tombol (11) [–] atau matikan alat pengukur.

Petunjuk pengoperasian

u Informasi lebih lanjut dapat ditemukan di halaman

produk Bosch.

u Alat pengukur dilengkapi dengan antarmuka nirkabel.

Perhatikan batasan pengoperasian lokal, misalnya
dalam pesawat terbang atau di rumah sakit.

Petunjuk umum

Lensa penerima (18), outlet sinar laser (19) dan kamera
(20) tidak boleh tertutup saat pengukuran.

Alat pengukur tidak boleh digerakkan selama pengukuran.
Untuk itu, letakkan sebisa mungkin pada permukaan
dudukan atau penopang yang stabil.

Pengaruh terhadap rentang pengukuran

Jangkauan pengukuran tergantung pada kondisi
pencahayaan dan karakter pemantulan permukaan target.
Untuk visibilitas sinar laser yang lebih baik pada
pencahayaan sekitar yang kuat, gunakan kamera terintegrasi

(20), kacamata laser (26) (aksesori) dan panel target laser
(25) (aksesori) atau bayangi permukaan target.

Pengaruh terhadap hasil pengukuran

Karena efek fisik, kesalahan pengukuran yang terjadi saat
mengukur pada permukaan yang berbeda tidak dapat
dihindari. Termasuk:

– permukaan transparan (misalnya kaca, air),
– permukaan yang memantulkan bayangan (misalnya logam

yang mengilap, kaca),
– permukaan berpori (misalnya bahan insulasi)
– permukaan berstruktur (misalnya permukaan plester

kasar, batu alam).
Jika perlu, gunakan reflektor (alat pemantulan) sinar laser

(25) (aksesori) pada permukaan tersebut.
Kesalahan pengukuran juga dapat terjadi jika melihat

permukaan target yang miring.
Selain itu, lapisan udara dengan suhu yang berbeda atau

pantulan yang diterima secara tidak langsung dapat
memengaruhi nilai pengukuran.

Pemeriksaan akurasi dan kalibrasi pengukuran
kemiringan (lihat gambarH)

Periksalah secara berkala ketepatan pengukuran
kemiringan. Lakukan dengan melakukan pengukuran
pembalikan. Untuk melakukannya, letakkan alat pengukur
pada meja dan ukur kemiringannya. Putar alat pengukur

1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020) Bosch Power Tools

Bahasa Indonesia | 57

sebesar 180° dan ukur kembali kemiringan. Perbedaan nilai
yang ditampilkan tidak boleh melebihi 0,3°.

Apabila terdapat perbedaan besar, alat pengukur harus
dikalibrasi ulang. Untuk itu, pilih dalam pengaturan. Ikuti
petunjuk pada display.
Setelah perubahan suhu yang besar dan setelah mengalami
benturan, disarankan agar dilakukan pengujian presisi dan
bila perlu kalibrasi alat pengukur. Setelah perubahan suhu,
suhu alat pengukur harus disesuaikan beberapa saat
sebelum dilakukan kalibrasi.

Pemeriksaan akurasi pada pengukuran jarak

Akurasi alat pengukur dapat diperiksa dengan cara sebagai
berikut:

– Pilih satu jarak pengukuran yang tidak berubah-ubah

sebesar kira-kira 3 sampai 10m yang panjangnya
diketahui dengan pasti (misalnya lebar ruangan, ukuran
pintu). Pengukuran harus dilakukan dalam kondisi yang
menguntungkan, yakni rute pengukuran harus berada di
dalam ruangan dengan pencahayaan latar belakang yang
redup dan permukaan sasaran harus halus serta dapat
memantulkan cahaya dengan baik (misalnya dinding yang

dicat putih).
– Ukur jarak 10 kali secara berurutan.
Penyimpangan pengukuran tunggal dari nilai rata-rata tidak

boleh lebih dari ±2mm terhadap total bagian yang diukur
pada kondisi yang baik. Catat pengukuran agar ketepatan
dapat dibandingkan dengan waktu yang berikutnya.

Pemeriksaan akurasi dan kalibrasi display sasaran (hair cross)

Periksa akurasi orientasi laser dan display sasaran secara
rutin.

– Pilih permukaan yang terang dengan pencahayaan

seredup mungkin (misalnya dinding putih) pada jarak

minimal 5 m sebagai sasaran.
– Periksa apakah titik laser berada di dalam display sasaran

pada display.
Jika titik laser tidak berada dalam display sasaran, display

sasaran harus dikalibrasi ulang.
Untuk itu, pilih dalam pengaturan. Ikuti petunjuk pada

display.
Pada jarak yang lebih panjang (lebih dari lima meter),

penanda sasaran juga akan ditampilkan untuk memberi
penanda titik ukur.

Bekerja dengan tripod (aksesori)

Tripod sangat perlu digunakan saat melakukan pengukuran
jarak yang lebih jauh. Letakkan alat pengukur dengan ulir
1/4" (17) pada pelat tripod (27) atau tripod foto biasa.
Kencangkan alat pengukur dengan baut pengunci dari pelat
tripod.

Atur bidang acuan untuk pengukuran dengan tripod dalam
pengaturan (bidang acuan tripod).

Gangguan – Penyebab dan Penyelesaiannya

Penyebab Solusi

Peringatan suhu berkedip, pengukuran tidak dapat
dilakukan

Alat pengukur berada di luar
suhu pengoperasian –10°C
hingga +45°C (dalam fungsi
pengukuran kontinu hingga
+40°C).

Tampilan "ERROR" pada display

Menambahkan/
mengurangkan nilai
pengukuran dengan satuan
ukur yang berbeda

Sudut antara sinar laser dan
target terlalu lancip.

Pantulan pada permukaan
target terlalu kuat (misalnya
cermin) atau terlalu lemah
(misalnya bahan berwarna
hitam), atau cahaya sekitar
terlalu terang.

Outlet sinar laser (19), lensa
penerima (18) atau kamera
(20) berembun (misalnya
karena perubahan suhu yang
drastis).

Nilai yang dihitung lebih
besar dari 1 999 999 atau
lebih kecil dari –999 999 m/
m2/m3.

Tampilan "CAL" dan tampilan "ERROR" pada display

Kalibrasi dari pengukuran
kemiringan tidak dilakukan
dalam urutan yang sesuai
atau dalam posisi yang tepat.

Area yang digunakan untuk
kalibrasi tidak diarahkan
dengan tepat secara
mendatar atau tepat tegak
lurus.

Saat menekan tombol, alat
pengukur bergerak atau
terbalik.

Hasil pengukuran tidak logis

Pantulan pada permukaan
target tidak jelas (misalnya
air, kaca).

Tunggu hingga alat pengukur
berada pada suhu
pengoperasian.

Hanya tambah/kurangi nilai
pengukuran dengan satuan
ukur yang sama.

Perbesar sudut antara sinar
laser dan target.

Menggunakan reflektor sinar
laser (25) (aksesori)

Seka outlet sinar laser (19),
lensa penerima (18) atau
kamera (20) hingga kering
dengan kain lembut

Bagi penghitungan ke tahap
menengah.

Ulangi kalibrasi dan ikuti
petunjuk pada display dan
petunjuk dalam panduan
pengoperasian.

Ulangi kalibrasi pada
permukaan yang mendatar
atau tegak lurus dan jika
perlu periksa permukaan
sebelumnya dengan
waterpas.

Ulangi kalibrasi dan selama
menekan tombol, tahan alat
pengukur agar tidak bergerak
di atas permukaan.

Tutupi permukaan target.

Bosch Power Tools 1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020)

58 | Tiếng Việt

Penyebab Solusi

Outlet sinar laser (19) atau
lensa penerima (18) atau
kamera (20) tertutup.

Bidang acuan tidak diatur
dengan benar.

Terhalangnya jalur sinar
laser.

Bluetooth® tidak dapat diaktifkan

Baterai terlalu lemah. Mengganti baterai

Tidak terdapat koneksi Bluetooth®

Gangguan pada koneksi

Bluetooth®

Alat pengukur menjaga fungsi yang tepat saat
setiap kali pengukuran dilakukan. Jika
ditemukan kerusakan, display hanya akan
menampilkan simbol di sebelahnya. Dalam hal

ini, atau jika tindakan penyelesaian telah
dilakukan namun kesalahan tidak dapat diperbaiki, lakukan
pemeriksaan alat pengukur di Customer Service Bosch
dealer Anda.

Jangan menghalangi atau
menutupi outlet sinar laser
(19), lensa penerima (18)
atau kamera (20).

Pilih bidang acuan yang
sesuai untuk pengukuran.

Titik laser harus sepenuhnya
berada pada permukaan
target.

Nonaktifkan dan aktifkan
kembali Bluetooth® pada alat
pengukur dan ponsel dan
nyalakan kembali.

Periksa aplikasi pada
perangkat seluler.

Periksa apakah Bluetooth®
pada alat pengukur dan
perangkat seluler Anda telah
aktif.

Periksa apakah perangkat
seluler mengalami kelebihan
beban.

Perpendek jarak antara alat
pengukur dan perangkat
seluler.

Hindari hambatan (misalnya
beton bertulang, pintu
logam) antara alat pengukur
dan perangkat seluler. Jaga
jarak dengan sumber
gangguan elektromagnetis
(misalnya transmitter
WLAN).

Bersihkan lensa penerima (18), outlet sinar laser (19) dan
kamera (20) dengan sangat hati-hati: Pastikan tidak ada
kotoran pada lensa penerima, outlet sinar laser dan kamera.
Bersihkan lensa penerima, outlet sinar laser dan kamera
hanya dengan bahan-bahan yang sesuai untuk kamera.
Jangan coba membersihkan kotoran dari lensa penerima,
outlet sinar laser atau kamera dengan benda-benda berujung
tajam, dan jangan pula diusap (risiko tergores).

Saat alat akan dibawa untuk diperbaiki, simpan alat
pengukur ke dalam kantong pelindung (23).

Layanan pelanggan dan konsultasi penggunaan

Layanan pelanggan Bosch menjawab semua pertanyaan
Anda tentang reparasi dan perawatan serta tentang suku
cadang produk ini. Gambaran teknis (exploded view) dan
informasi mengenai suku cadang dapat ditemukan di:

www.bosch-pt.com

Tim konsultasi penggunaan Bosch akan membantu Anda
menjawab pertanyaan seputar produk kami beserta
aksesorinya.

Jika Anda hendak menanyakan sesuatu atau memesan suku
cadang, selalu sebutkan nomor model yang terdiri dari 10
angka dan tercantum pada label tipe produk.

Indonesia

PT Robert Bosch
Palma Tower 10th Floor
Jalan RA Kartini II-S Kaveling 6
Pondok Pinang, Kebayoran Lama
Jakarta Selatan 12310
Tel.: [phone]
Fax: [phone]
E-Mail: [e-mail]
www.bosch-pt.co.id

Alamat layanan lainnya dapat ditemukan di:

www.bosch-pt.com/serviceaddresses

Cara membuang

Alat ukur, aksesori, dan kemasan harus didaur ulang dengan
cara yang ramah lingkungan.

Jangan membuang alat ukur dan baterai bersama
dengan sampah rumah tangga!

Tiếng Việt

Perawatan dan servis

Perawatan dan pembersihan

Jaga kebersihan alat.
Jangan memasukkan alat pengukur ke dalam air atau cairan

lainnya.
Jika alat kotor, bersihkan dengan lap yang lembut dan

lembap. Jangan gunakan bahan pembersih atau zat pelarut.

1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020) Bosch Power Tools

Hướng dẫn an toàn

Phải đọc và chú ý mọi hướng dẫn để
đảm bảo an toàn và không bị nguy
hiểm khi làm việc với dụng cụ đo.
Khi sử dụng dụng cụ đo không phù

hợp với các hướng dẫn ở trên, các
thiết bị bảo vệ được tích hợp trong dụng cụ đo
có thể bị suy giảm. Không bao giờ được làm

cho các dấu hiệu cảnh báo trên dụng cụ đo
không thể đọc được. HÃY BẢO QUẢN CẨN
THẬN CÁC HƯỚNG DẪN NÀY VÀ ĐƯA KÈM
THEO KHI BẠN CHUYỂN GIAO DỤNG CỤ ĐO.

u Thận trọng - nếu những thiết bị khác ngoài

thiết bị hiệu chỉnh hoặc thiết bị điều khiển
được nêu ở đây được sử dụng hoặc các
phương pháp khác được tiến hành, có thể
dẫn đến phơi nhiễm phóng xạ nguy hiểm.

u Máy đo được dán nhãn cảnh báo laser (được

đánh dấu trong mô tả máy đo ở trang đồ thị).

u Nếu văn bản của nhãn cảnh báo laser không

theo ngôn ngữ của bạn, hãy dán chồng nhãn
dính được cung cấp kèm theo bằng ngôn ngữ
của nước bạn lên trên trước khi sử dụng lần
đầu tiên.

Không được hướng tia laze vào
người hoặc động vật và không được
nhìn vào tia laze trực tiếp hoặc phản
xạ. Bởi vì bạn có thể chiếu lóa mắt

người, gây tai nạn hoặc gây hỏng mắt.

u Nếu tia laze hướng vào mắt, bạn phải nhắm

mắt lại và ngay lập tức xoay đầu để tránh tia
laze.

u Không thực hiện bất kỳ thay` đổi nào ở thiết

bị laser.

u Không sử dụng kính nhìn tia laser (Phụ kiện)

làm kính bảo vệ. Kính nhìn tia laser dùng để
nhận biết tốt hơn tia laser; tuy nhiên kính không
giúp bảo vệ mắt khỏi tia laser.

u Không sử dụng kính nhìn tia laser (Phụ kiện)

làm kính mát hoặc trong giao thông đường
bộ. Kính nhìn tia laser không chống UV hoàn

toàn và giảm thiểu thụ cảm màu sắc.

u Chỉ để người có chuyên môn được đào tạo

sửa dụng cụ đo và chỉ dùng các phụ tùng
gốc để sửa chữa. Điều này đảm bảo cho sự an

toàn của dụng cụ đo được giữ nguyên.

u Không để trẻ em sử dụng dụng cụ đo laser

khi không có người lớn giám sát. Bạn có thể
vô tình làm lóa mắt người khác.

u Không làm việc với dụng cụ đo trong môi

trường dễ nổ, mà trông đó có chất lỏng, khí
ga hoặc bụi dễ cháy. Các tia lửa có thể hình

thành trong dụng cụ đo và có khả năng làm rác
cháy hay ngún khói.

u Máy đo được trang bị một giao diện sóng vô

tuyến. Hãy chú ý các giới hạn địa điểm hoạt
động ví dụ như trên máy bay hoặc bệnh viện.

Biểu tượng chữ

Bluetooth

® cũng như biểu

tượng ảnh (các logo) do công ty cổ phần
Bluetooth SIG đăng ký nhãn hiệu và sở hữu.
Công ty trách nhiệm hữu hạn Robert Bosch
Power Tools GmbH đã được cấp phép để sử
dụng những biểu tượng chữ/biểu tượng ảnh
này với sản phẩm của mình.

Tiếng Việt | 59

u Cẩn thận! Nếu sử dụng máy đo với cổng

Bluetooth

® có thể gây nhiễu các dụng cụ,

thiết bị khác cũng như máy bay và dụng cụ y
tế (ví dụ: máy tạo nhịp tim, máy trợ thính). Và
cũng không thể loại trừ hoàn toàn những tổn
hại cho người và động vật ở môi trường trực
diện xung quanh. Không sử dụng máy đo có
kết nối

Bluetooth

® ở gần những thiết bị y tế,

trạm xăng, cơ sở hóa học, các khu vực có
nguy cơ gây nổ và các khu vực cháy nổ.
Không sử dụng máy đo có kết nối

Bluetooth

trên máy bay. Tránh để máy hoạt động gần
cơ thể trong thời gian dài.

Mô Tả Sản Phẩm và Đặc Tính Kỹ Thuật

Xin lưu ý các hình minh hoạt trong phần trước của
hướng dẫn vận hành.

Sử dụng đúng cách

Dụng cụ đo lường được thiết kế để đo độ xa, độ
dài, chiều cao, khoảng cách, độ nghiêng và để tính
toán diện tích và thể tích.

Kết quả đo có thể được gửi qua
các thiết bị khác.

Dụng cụ đo phù hợp để sử dụng trong vùng bên
ngoài và bên trong.

Các bộ phận được minh họa

Sự đánh số các biểu trưng của sản phẩm là để
tham khảo hình minh họa dụng cụ đo trên trang
hình ảnh.

(1) Hiển thị
(2) Nút đo [ ] (có thể sử dụng phía trước hoặc

phía bên)

(3) Nút bấm mềm [ ]
(4) Nút cộng [+] / Chọn sang bên phải
(5) Nút thu phóng
(6) Thiết bị lắp vòng treo
(7) Núm nhả chốt đo
(8) Chốt đo
(9)

Nút xóa Bật-Tắt [ ]

(10) Nút hiển thị đích
(11) Nút trừ [−] / Chọn sang bên trái
(12) Nút bấm mềm [ ]
(13) Nút chức năng [Func]
(14) Nhãn cảnh báo laser
(15) Mã seri sản xuất
(16) Nắp đậy pin
(17) 1/4"-Lỗ cắm giá ba chân
(18) Thấu kính
(19) Lỗ chiếu luồng laze

Bluetooth®

đến

®

Bosch Power Tools 1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020)

60 | Tiếng Việt

(20) Camera
(21) Nắp vặn
(22) Các pin
(23) Túi xách bảo vệ
(24) Vòng treo
(25) Bảng đối tượng của tia laser
(26) Kính nhìn tia laser
(27) Giá đỡ ba chân

A) Phụ tùng được trình bày hay mô tả không phải là

một phần của tiêu chuẩn hàng hóa được giao kèm
theo sản phẩm. Bạn có thể tham khảo tổng thể
các loại phụ tùng, phụ kiện trong chương trình
phụ tùng của chúng tôi.

A)

A)

A)

Hiển thị các Phần tử

(a) Hàng kết quả
(b) Nút hiển thị đích (Đường chữ thập)
(c) Hiển thị góc nghiêng
(d) Ngày/Giờ
(e) Điểm xuất phát đo chuẩn
(f) Trạng thái kết nối

Bluetooth®

Kích hoạt, tạo kết nối

không được kích hoạt

Bluetooth®

(g) Hiển thị mức sạc ắc quy
(h) Các hàng giá trị đo được
(i) Các cài đặt mạng (Nút bấm mềm)
(j) Chức năng đo được chọn
(k) Bộ nhớ bên trong (Nút bấm mềm)
(l) Chức năng trợ giúp được tích hợp (Nút bấm

mềm)

(m) Trở lại (Nút bấm mềm)
(n) Màn hình khởi động (Nút bấm mềm)
(o) Các cài đặt thiết bị

Thông số kỹ thuật

Máy định tầm laser
kỹ thuật số

Mã số máy
Biên độ đo (chung)
Biên độ đo (chung, cho

những điều kiện đo
khó)

Độ đo chính xác (tiêu
biểu)

Độ chính xác khi đo
(chung, cho những điều
kiện đo khó)

Đơn vị biểu thị thấp
nhất

Đo Gián Tiếp Khoảng Cách và bọt thủy

GLM 150 C

3 601 K72 F..

0,08–150 m

0,08–60 m

±1,5 mm

±3,0 mm

0,5 mm

Máy định tầm laser
kỹ thuật số

Phạm vi đo

Đo độ dốc

Phạm vi đo
Độ đo chính xác (tiêu

biểu)
Đơn vị biểu thị thấp

nhất

Giới thiệu chung

Nhiệt độ hoạt động
Nhiệt độ lưu kho
Giới hạn của nhiệt độ

nạp điện cho phép
Độ ẩm không khí tương

đối tối đa.
Chiều cao ứng dụng tối

đa qua chiều cao tham
chiếu

Mức độ bẩn theo
IEC61010-1

Cấp độ laser
Loại laser
Đường kính chùm tia laser (ở 25 °C) khoảng
– khoảng cách 10 m
– khoảng cách 100 m
Tắt tự động sau khoảng.
– Laser
– Dụng cụ đo (không

đo)
Các pin
Trọng lượng theo Qui

trình EPTA-Procedure
01:2014

Khối lượng
Mức độ bảo vệ

A)

Truyền dữ liệu

B)

Bluetooth®

Dải tần số hoạt động

A)

B)

IP 54 (được bảo vệ chống

GLM 150 C

0°–360° (4x90°)

0°–360° (4x90°)

±0,2° C) D)

0,1°

–10 °C ...+45°C

–20 °C ...+70 °C

+5°C...+40°C

90 %

2000m

2

650 nm, < 1mW

9mm

90 mm

20 s

5 phút

3 x 1,5 V LR6 (AA)

0,23 kg

142 (176) x 64 x 28 mm

bụi và

tia nước)

Bluetooth®

(4.2 low-energy)

2402 – 2480 MHz

E)

F)

G)

2

H)

I)

1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020) Bosch Power Tools

Máy định tầm laser

GLM 150 C

kỹ thuật số

Công suất phát tối đa

A) Đo từ mép phía trước của dụng cụ đo, áp dụng cho

mục tiêu có khả năng phản xạ cao (ví dụ như một bức
tường sơn trắng), ánh sáng nền yếu và nhiệt độ làm
việc là 25 °C. Thêm vào đó cần tính tới một mức sai
lệch khoảng ±0,05mm/m.

B) Đo từ mép phía trước của dụng cụ đo, áp dụng cho

mục tiêu có khả năng phản xạ cao (ví dụ như một bức
tường sơn trắng) và ánh sáng nền mạnh. Thêm vào
đó cần tính tới một mức sai lệch khoảng ± 0,15 mm/m.

C) Sau khi hiệu chỉnh ở 0° và 90°. Lỗi độ nghiêng bổ

sung từ tối đa ±0,01°/độ đến 45°. Độ chính xác đo có
liên quan đến ba hướng hiệu chỉnh đo độ nghiêng,

xem hình H.
D) Ở nhiệt độ hoạt động 25 °C
E) Cạnh trái của dụng cụ đo được dùng làm mặt phẳng

tham chiếu để đo độ nghiêng.
F) Trong chức năng Đo liên tục, nhiệt độ hoạt động tối đa

là +40 °C.
G) chỉ có chất bẩn không dẫn xuất hiện, nhưng đôi khi độ

dẫn điện tạm thời gây ra do ngưng tụ
H) Thời gian tắt tự động có thể cài đặt (2, 5, 10phút hoặc

không bao giờ).
I) Với các thiết bị

tùy thuộc vào model và hệ điều hành, có thể không

cần các thiết lập kết nối. Các thiết bị

có tính năng hỗ trợ GATT profile.

Số xêri (15) đều được ghi trên nhãn mác, để dễ dàng nhận dạng
loại máy đo.

Bluetooth®

tiêu thụ năng lượng thấp,

Bluetooth®

8 mW

phải

Sự lắp vào

Lắp/thay ắc quy

Khuyến nghị sử dụng các pin kiềm mangan để vận
hành dụng cụ đo.

– Nhấn núm nhả (7) và mở chốt đo (8) khoảng

180°.

– Để mở nắp đậy ngăn pin (16) hãy gấp nắp vặn

(21) hướng lên trên và vặn nó một phần tư vòng
ngược chiều kim đồng hồ. Hãy kéo nắp đậy ngăn
pin lên ở nắp vặn. Lắp pin vào. Xin hãy lưu ý lắp
tương ứng đúng cực pin như được thể hiện mặt
trong ngăn chứa pin.

u Tháo ắc quy ra khỏi dụng cụ đo nếu bạn

không muốn sử dụng thiết bị trong thời gian
dài. Pin có thể hư mòn sau thời gian bảo quản

lâu và tự xả điện.

u Hướng dẫn: TrackMyTools chỉ khả thi với các

pin được gắn.

Vận Hành

Bắt Đầu Vận Hành

u Không cho phép dụng cụ đo đang bật một

cách không kiểm soát và hãy tắt dụng cụ đo
sau khi sử dụng. Tia Laser có thể chiếu vào

những người khác.

Tiếng Việt | 61

u Bảo vệ dụng cụ đo tránh khỏi ẳm ướt và

không để bức xạ mặt trời chiếu trực tiếp vào.

u Không cho dụng cụ đo tiếp xúc với nhiệt độ

khắc nghiệt hoặc dao động nhiệt độ. Không
để nó trong chế độ tự động quá lâu. Điều chỉnh
nhiệt độ cho dụng cụ đo khi có sự dao động
nhiệt độ lớn, trước khi bạn đưa nó vào vận hành.
Trong trường hợp ở trạng thái nhiệt độ cực độ
hay nhiệt độ thay đổi thái quá, sự chính xác của
dụng cụ đo có thể bị hư hỏng.

u Tránh va chạm mạnh hoặc làm rơi dụng cụ

đo. Sau khi có tác động mạnh từ bên ngoài lên
dụng cụ đo, cần tiến hành kiểm tra độ chính xác
trước khi tiếp tục (xem „Kiểm tra độ chính xác
của việc đo khoảng cách“, Trang67).

u Máy đo được trang bị một giao diện sóng vô

tuyến. Hãy chú ý các giới hạn địa điểm hoạt
động ví dụ như trên máy bay hoặc bệnh viện.

Bật Mở và Tắt

Khi làm việc, hãy chú ý rằng ống kính thu (18), đầu
ra tia laser (19) và camera (20) không bị khóa hoặc
ẩn sẽ không thể cho các phép đo chính xác.

– Để bật dụng cụ đo và Laser hãy nhấn nút đo

phía trước hoặc bên cạnh (2) [ ].

– Để Bật dụng cụ đo mà không bật Laser hãy

nhấn nút Xóa Bật-Tắt (9) [ ].

u Không được chĩa luồng laze vào con người

hay động vật và không được tự chính bạn
nhìn vào luồng laze, ngay cả khi từ một
khoảng cách lớn.

Để tắt Laser hãy nhấn nhanh nút Xóa Bật-Tắt (9)
[ ].
Để Tắt camera, bạn hãy ấn nút hiển thị đích (10).
Để Tắt dụng cụ đo hãy nhấn giữ nút Xóa Bật-Tắt
(9) [ ].

Khi tắt dụng cụ đo, các giá trị và các thiết lập thiết
bị hiện có trong bộ nhớ sẽ được giữ lại.

Camera

Khi bật dụng cụ đo lần đầu, Camera (20) được bật
tự động. Để tắt, bạn hãy ấn nút hiển thị đích (10).

Cài đặt của camera (bật/tắt) sẽ được lưu khi tắt
dụng cụ đo.

Tối ưu hóa độ rõ của điểm laser

Khi dùng dụng cụ đo, đặc biệt là ở ngoài trời, dưới
ánh nắng mặt trời cũng như ở khoảng cách dài ở
phía bên trong, điểm laser có thể không thấy rõ. Độ
rõ của điểm laser/đích đo có thể được cải thiện
ngoài việc bật bổ sung camera bằng:

– Cài đặt độ sáng hiển thị (Các cài đặt thiết bị)
– Sử dụng thu phóng bằng nút (5).

Bosch Power Tools 1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020)

62 | Tiếng Việt

Quy trình đo

Sau khi bật lên, dụng cụ đo ở chế độ đo độ dài. Để
dùng chức năng đo khác hãy nhấn nút (13) [Func].
Hãy chọn chức năng đo mong muốn bằng nút (4)
[+] hoặc nút (11) [–] từ (xem „Các chức năng đo“,
Trang63). Kích hoạt chức năng đo bằng nút (13)
[Func] hoặc bằng nút đo (2) [ ].

Mép phía sau của dụng cụ đo được chọn làm mức
tham chiếu để đo sau khi bật. Để thay đổi mặt
phẳng tham chiếu (xem „Chọn mặt phẳng tham
chiếu (xem hình A)“, Trang62). Đặt dụng cụ đo ở
điểm đầu tiên muốn đo (ví dụ như bức tường).

Hướng dẫn: Nếu đã bật dụng cụ đo bằng nút Xóa
Bật-Tắt (9) [ ] bạn ấn nhanh nút đo (2) [ ] để bật

laze.
Ấn nhanh vào nút đo để thực hiện phép đo (2) [ ].

Sau đó, chùm tia laser sẽ tắt. Đối với phép đo tiếp
theo hãy lặp lại quy trình này.

Khi tia lasere cố định được bật và trong chức năng
đo liên tục, phép đo bắt đầu sau lần nhấn đầu tiên
lên nút đo (2) [ ].

u Không được chĩa luồng laze vào con người

hay động vật và không được tự chính bạn
nhìn vào luồng laze, ngay cả khi từ một
khoảng cách lớn.

Hướng dẫn: Giá trị đo thường xuất hiện trong vòng

0,5 giây và chậm nhất sau khoảng 4 giây. Thời gian
đo phụ thuộc vào độ xa, tình trạng ánh sáng và đặc
tính phản xạ ánh sáng của bề mặt đối tượng. Sau
khi kết thúc phép đo, chùm tia laser sẽ tự động tắt.
Tia laser cố định đã bật sẽ không được ngắt sau
khi đo (xem „Tia laser cố định“, Trang62).

Chọn mặt phẳng tham chiếu (xem hình A)

Để đo, bạn có thể chọn lựa giữa bốn mặt phẳng qui
chiếu:

– mép trước của dụng cụ đo (ví dụ ví dụ khi áp

dụng ở tường),

– đỉnh của chốt đo được gập 180° (8) (ví dụ dành

cho các phép đo góc),

– mép trước của dụng cụ đo (ví dụ khi đo từ một

cạnh bàn),

– phần giữa của ren (17) (ví dụ đo bằng giá ba

chân)

Gấp vào và gấp ra chốt đo (8) khoảng 180° sẽ
được nhận diện tự động và mặt phẳng tham chiếu
tương ứng sẽ được gợi ý. Hãy xác nhận điều chỉnh
bằng nút đo (2) [ ].

Bằng nút bấm mềm hãy chọn (3) [ ] Các cài đặt
của dụng cụ đo. Chọn mặt phẳng tham chiếu bằng
nút (4) [+] hoặc nút (11) [–] và xác nhận bằng nút
(13) [Func].

Sau mỗi lần bật dụng cụ đo, mép sau của dụng cụ
đo sẽ được thiết lập sẵn tự động làm mặt phẳng
tham chiếu.

Tia laser cố định

Bạn có thể chuyển dụng cụ đo thành tia laser cố
định nếu cần. Muốn vậy, bằng nút bấm mềm hãy
chọn (3) [ ] Các cài đặt của dụng cụ đo. Chọn tia
laser cố định bằng nút (4) [+] hoặc nút (11) [–] và
xác nhận bằng nút (13) [Func].

u Không được chĩa luồng laze vào con người

hay động vật và không được tự chính bạn
nhìn vào luồng laze, ngay cả khi từ một
khoảng cách lớn.

Trong cài đặt này, tia laser vẫn được bật giữa các
phép đo, để đo thì chỉ cần nhấn nhanh một lần nút
đo (2) [ ].

Việc ngắt tia laser cố định được thực hiện lại trong
các cài đặt hoặc tự động khi tắt dụng cụ đo.

Menu „Các cài đặt“

Để đi đến Menu „Các thiết lập“ (i), hãy nhấn nhanh
nút bấm mềm (3) [ ] hoặc nhấn giữ nút (13)
[Func].

Chọn cài đật mong muốn bằng nút (4) [+] hoặc nút
(11) [−] và xác nhận bằng nút (13) [Func]. Hãy
chọn cài đặt mong muốn.

Để thoát khỏi Menu các cài đặt hãy nhấn nút Xóa
Bật-tắt (9) [ ] hoặc nút bấm mềm (12) [ ].

Sắp Đặt

Bluetooth®

Mặt phẳng tham chiếu

Chức năng đồng hồ bấm giờ
Tia laser cố định

Hiệu chỉnh phép đo độ nghiêng
Hiệu chỉnh hiển thị đích
Các cài đặt thiết bị

Chức năng đồng hồ bấm giờ

Chức năng đồng hồ bấm giờ sẽ hỗ trợ khi đo ở
những vị trí khó tiếp cận hoặc khi các chuyển động
của dụng cụ đo bị cản trở trong quá trình đo.

Lựa chọn chức năng đồng hồ bấm giờ trong các cài
đặt. Chọn khoảng thời gian mong muốn từ lúc kích
hoạt cho tới lúc đo và xác nhận bằng nút (2) [ ]
hoặc nút (13) [Func].

Nhấn nút đo (2) [ ], để bật tia laser và xem điểm
đến. Nhấn lại nút đo (2) [ ] để kích hoạt đo. Thực
hiện đo sau khoảng thời gian mong muốn. Giá trị
đo được hiển thị trong dòng kết quả (a).

Trong thanh trạng thái bên trên có hiển thị khoảng
thời gian từ lúc kích hoạt đến lúc đo.

Không thể đo liên tục cũng như đo tối thiểu/đo tối
đa ở chức năng đồng hồ bấm giờ đã cài.

1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020) Bosch Power Tools

Đồng hồ bấm giờ vẫn được cài đến khi tắt dụng cụ

ft/m

09.06.2017
13:20:23

0.0º

23.198 m

m

9.279
m

13.919
m

18.558

m

4.640

đo hoặc tới khi đồng hồ bấm giờ trong menu „Các
cài đặt“ được tắt.

Menu „Các cài đặt thiết bị“

Lựa chọn menu „Các cài đặt thiết bị“ trong menu
„Các cài đặt“.

Chọn cài đặt thiết bị mong muốn bằng nút (4) [+]
hoặc nút (11) [−] và xác nhận bằng nút (13) [Func].
Hãy chọn cài đặt thiết bị mong muốn.

Để thoát khỏi Menu „Các cài đặt thiết bị“ (o) hãy
nhấn nút Xóa Bật-tắt (9) [ ] hoặc nút bấm mềm

(12) [ ].

Các cài đặt thiết bị

Ngôn ngữ
Thời gian & Ngày tháng

Đơn vị đo lường
Đơn vị góc
TrackMyTools

Thông tin thiết bị
Tín hiệu âm thanh
Thời gian tắt
Dụng cụ chỉnh độ sáng
Độ sáng màn hiển thị
Căn chỉnh màn hiển thị

Cài đặt ngôn ngữ

Lựa chọn „Ngôn ngữ“ trong các cài đặt thiết bị. Hãy
cài đặt ngôn ngữ mong muốn và xác nhận bằng nút

(13) [Func] hoặc nút đo (2)[ ]. Cài đặt ngày và giờ

Lựa chọn „Ngày & giờ“ trong các cài đặt thiết bị.
Hãy cài đặt ngày và giờ theo các chỉ dẫn trên màn
hiển thị và xác nhận bằng nút bấm mềm (12) [ ].

Hướng dẫn: Ngày và giờ phải được cài đặt lại sau
khi thay pin.

Thay Đổi Đơn Vị Đo Lường

Lựa chọn „Đơn vị đo“ trong các cài đặt thiết bị.
Thiết lập ban đầu là đơn vị đo „m“ (Meter).

Hãy cài đặt đơn vị đo mong muốn và xác nhận
bằng nút (13) [Func].

Để thoát mục Menu hãy nhấn nút Xóa Bật-tắt (9) [
] hoặc nút bấm mềm (3) [ ]. Sau khi tắt dụng cụ
đo, cài đặt thiết bị đã chọn sẽ được lưu lại.

Thay đơn vị góc

Lựa chọn „Đơn vị góc“ trong các cài đặt thiết bị.
Thiết lập cơ bản là đơn vị góc „°“ (độ).

Hãy cài đặt đơn vị góc mong muốn và xác nhận
bằng nút (13) [Func].

Tiếng Việt | 63

Để thoát mục Menu hãy nhấn nút Xóa Bật-tắt (9) [
] hoặc nút bấm mềm (3) [ ]. Sau khi tắt dụng cụ
đo, cài đặt thiết bị đã chọn sẽ được lưu lại.

TrackMyTools

Lựa chọn „TrackMyTools“ trong các cài đặt thiết bị.
Hãy xác nhận điều chỉnh bằng nút (13) [Func].

Kích hoạt lần đầu là cần thiết. Chỉ có thể truyền dữ
liệu với ứng dụng tương ứng hoặc chương trình PC
tương ứng.

TrackMyTools có thể bị bỏ kích hoạt bất cứ lúc
nào.

Cài đặt của TrackMyTools (được kích hoạt/bị bỏ
kích hoạt) sẽ được lưu khi tắt dụng cụ đo.

Hướng dẫn: TrackMyTools chỉ khả thi với các pin
được gắn. Để kích hoạt TrackMyTools sau khi thay
pin phải bật nhanh dụng cụ đo.

Hiển thị Ánh Sáng

Lựa chọn „Dụng cụ chỉnh độ sáng“ trong các cài
đặt thiết bị.

Đèn chiếu sáng màn hình sẽ sáng liên tục. Nếu
không có nút nào được ấn, đèn chiếu sáng màn
hình sẽ mờ đi sau khoảng 30 giây để tiết kiệm pin.

Thời gian cho lúc khởi động làm mờ có thể cài đặt
được (Các cài đặt thiết bị).

Độ sáng của màn hình hiển thị được điều chỉnh
theo nhiều cấp để phù hợp với các điều kiện xung
quanh (Các cài đặt thiết bị).

Các chức năng đo

Hướng dẫn: Chức năng trợ giúp được tích hợp

Trong dụng cụ đo, một trợ giúp được lưu dưới dạng
hoạt ảnh cho mỗi chức năng đo. Do đó hãy chọn
nút (13) [Func], các nút (4) [+] hoặc (11) [−] và sau
đó chọn nút bấm mềm (3) [ ]. Hoạt ảnh cho bạn
biết biện pháp chi tiết của chức năng đo được
chọn.

Hoạt ảnh có thể được dừng bằng (3) [ ] và được
khởi động lại vào bất cứ lúc nào. Bạn có thể cuộn
tiến và lùi bằng nút (4) [+] hoặc (11) [−].

Đo Chiều Dài

Hãy chọn phép đo độ dài .
Ấn nhanh vào nút đo để bật chùm tia laser (2) [ ].
Bạn hãy ấn nhanh vào nút đo (2) [ ]. Trị số đo

được trình hiện ở bên dưới màn hiển thị.

Lặp lại bước trên với mỗi phép đo tiếp
theo. Giá trị đo cuối cùng sẽ hiện ở góc
dưới trong màn hình hiển thị, giá trị đo
áp chót như trên.

Đo liên tục

Khi đo liên tục, dụng cụ đo có thể chuyển động
tương tối đến đích, khi đó giá trị đo được cập nhật
cứ 0,5 s một lần. Ví dụ bạn có thể đứng cách tường
tới khoảng cách mong muốn, khoảng cách hiện tại
luôn dễ đọc.

Bosch Power Tools 1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020)

64 | Tiếng Việt

09.06.2017
13:20:23

0.0º

max

min

m

m

1.291
m

11.623

11.623

09.06.2017
13:20:23

0.0º

43.050 m

2

m

4.640
m

9.279

09.06.2017
13:20:23

0.0º

m

4.640
m

9.279
m

13.919

599.276 m

3

09.06.2017
13:20:23

45º

m

37.116

45.0

26.245 m

09.06.2017
13:20:23

º

30º

32.852 m

m

48.873
m

56.335

35.5

09.06.2017
13:20:23

60º

m

153.104

60.0

76.552 m

Hãy chọn phép đo độ dài .
Ấn nhanh vào nút đo để bật chùm tia laser (2) [ ].
Di chuyển dụng cụ đo cho đến khi trị số của

khoảng cách yêu cầu được trình hiện ở bên dưới
màn hiển thị.

Bằng cách nhấn nút đo (2) [ ] bạn sẽ
ngừng phép đo liên tục. Giá trị đo hiện
tại sẽ được hiển thị ở góc dưới trong
màn hình hiển thị. Giá trị đo tối thiểu và
tối đa như trên. Nhấn lại nút đo (2) [ ]
phép đo liên tục sẽ bắt đầu lại.

Phép đo liên tục được tự động tắt sau 5phút.

Đo Diện Tích

Chọn phép đo diện tích .
Sau đó, bạn hãy đo chiều rộng và chiều dài liên

tiếp như khi đo chiều dài. Giữa hai phép đo vẫn bật
chùm tia laser. Khoảng cách đã đo nhấp nháy

trong thiết bị hiển thị đo diện tích (Xem phần tử
hiển thị (j)).

Giá trị đo đầu tiên được hiển thị ở góc
trên trong màn hình hiển thị.

Sau khi kết thúc lần đo thứ hai phần
diện tích sẽ được tính và hiển thị tự
động. Kết quả sẽ hiển thị ở góc dưới
trong màn hình hiển thị, đơn trị đo như

trên.

Đo khối lượng

Chọn đo thể thích .
Sau đó, bạn hãy đo chiều rộng, chiều dài và chiều

sâu liên tiếp như khi đo chiều dài. Giữa ba phép đo
vẫn bật chùm tia laser. Khoảng cách đã đo nhấp

nháy trong thiết bị hiển thị đo thể tích (Xem
phần tử hiển thị (j)).

Giá trị đo đầu tiên được hiển thị ở góc
trên trong màn hình hiển thị.

Sau khi thực hiện việc đo lần thứ ba,
khối lượng được tự động tính toán và
hiển thị. Kết quả sẽ hiển thị ở góc dưới
trong màn hình hiển thị, đơn trị đo như

trên.

Đo Gián Tiếp Khoảng Cách

Hãy chọn phép đo khoảng cách gián tiếp . Để đo
khoảng cách gián tiếp, phải có sẵn bốn chức năng
đo, mà qua đó các khoảng cách khác nhau có thể
được xác định trong mỗi trường hợp.

Đo gián tiếp khoảng cách được sử dụng để đo
khoảng cách mà ta không thể đo trực tiếp được do
có vật cản trở ngăn cản luồng laze, hoặc do không
có bề mặt mục tiêu sẵn có nào được sử dụng như
là vật phản chiếu. Qui trình đo này chỉ có thể sử
dụng trong chiều thẳng đứng. Bất cứ sự lệch hướng
nào ở chiều ngang cũng sẽ gây ra sự đo sai.

Hướng dẫn: Việc đo khoảng cách gián tiếp sẽ luôn
đưa kết quả không chính xác bằng việc đo trực
tiếp. Tùy các điều kiện áp dụng, xác suất lỗi đo có

thể lớn hơn khi đo khoảng cách trực tiếp. Để cải
thiện độ chính xác trong khi đo, nên sử dụng giá đỡ
ba chân (phụ tùng). Luồng laze duy trì ở trạng thái
mở giữa các lần đo riêng lẻ

a) Đo chiều cao gián tiếp (xem hình B)

Hãy chọn phép đo chiều cao gián tiếp
Hãy lưu ý dụng cụ đo được định vị ở cùng một

chiều cao như điểm đo đáy. Nghiêng dụng cụ đo
quanh mặt phẳng tham chiếu và đo khoảng cách
như khi đo chiều dài „1“ (được hiển thị trong màn
hình hiển thị dạng vạch màu đỏ).

Sau khi kết thúc đo, kết quả của đoạn
đường đã tìm kiếm „X“ được hiển thị
trong dòng kết quả (a). Giá trị đo của
đoạn đường „1“ và góc „α“ ở trong các
hàng giá trị đo được (h).

b) Đo chiều cao gián tiếp kép (xem hình C)

Dụng cụ đo có thể đo gián tiếp tất cả các khoảng
cách, mà nằm trong mặt phẳng thẳng đứng của
dụng cụ đo. Hãy chọn phép đo chiều cao kép gián

tiếp . Hãy đo khoảng cách „1“ và „2“ theo trình
tự này như khi đo chiều dài.

Sau khi kết thúc đo, kết quả của đoạn
đường đã tìm kiếm „X“ được hiển thị
trong dòng kết quả (a). Giá trị đo của
đoạn đường „1“, „2“ và góc „α“ ở trong
các hàng giá trị đo được (h).

Hãy lưu ý rằng mặt phẳng tham chiếu
của phép đo (ví dụ mép sau của dụng cụ đo) phải
ở chính xác cùng một vị trí ở tất cả các lần đo riêng
lẻ trong quá trình đo.

c) Đo chiều dài gián tiếp (xem hình D)

Chọn phép đo chiều dài gián tiếp .
Hãy lưu ý dụng cụ đo được định vị ở cùng một

chiều cao như cách tìm điểm đo. Nghiêng dụng cụ
đo quanh mặt phẳng tham chiếu và đo khoảng
cách „1“ như khi đo chiều dài.

Sau khi kết thúc đo, kết quả của đoạn

đường đã tìm kiếm „X“ được hiển thị

trong dòng kết quả (a). Giá trị đo của

đoạn đường „1“ và góc „α“ ở trong các

hàng giá trị đo được (h).

d) Phép đo hình thang (xem Hình E)

Phép đo hình thang có thể được sử dụng để xác
định chiều dài của dốc mái.

Chọn đo hình thang .
Hãy đo khoảng cách „1“, „2“ và „3“ theo trình tự

này như khi đo chiều dài. Hãy lưu ý rằng phép đo
đoạn đường „3“ bắt đầu chính xác vào điểm cuối
của đoạn đường „1“ và ở giữa đoạn đường „1“ và
„2“ cũng như giữa „1“ và „3“ có một góc bên phải.

1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020) Bosch Power Tools

09.06.2017
13:20:23

60º

m

3.624
m

2.456
m

4.872

4.356 m

Sau khi hoàn thành phép đo cuối cùng,

09.06.2017
13:20:23

0.0º

m

2.500
m

3.899

m

12.558

31.395 m

2

m0.483

0.500m

1

0.81x

m0.500

0.500m1x

1° 2° 3°

88.0°

09.06.2017
13:20:23

30º

32.852 m

44

m

48.873
m

56.335

35.5

º

kết quả của khoảng cách đã tìm „X“ sẽ
được hiển thị trong dòng kết quả (a).
Các đơn trị đo ở trong hàng giá trị đo
được (h).

Đo bề mặt tường (xem hình F)

Đo bề mặt tường được sử dụng để xác định tổng số
của một số bề mặt riêng lẻ có cùng một chiều cao.
Trong ví dụ minh họa, tổng diện tích của nhiều bức
tường được xác định, trong đó có chiều cao phòng
giống nhau H, nhưng các chiều dài khác nhau L.

Chọn phép đo diện tích tường .
Đo chiều cao phòng H như đo chiều dài. Giá trị đo

được hiển thị trong dòng giá trị đo phía trên. Laser
vẫn bật.

Sau đó đo chiều dài L1 của bức tường
thứ nhất. Diện tích được tính toán tự
động và được hiển thị trong dòng kết
quả (a). Giá trị đo chiều dài cuối cùng
xuất hiện ở dòng giá trị đo dưới (h).
Laser vẫn bật.

Đo chiều dài L2 của bức tường thứ hai. Đơn trị đo
hiển thị trong dòng giá trị đo (h) sẽ được cộng thêm
vào chiều dài L1. Tổng hai chiều dài (được hiển thị
trong dòng giá trị đo ở giữa (h)) sẽ được nhân với
chiều cao đã lưu H. Tổng giá trị diện tích được hiển
thị trong dòng kết quả (a).

Bạn có thể tùy ý đo nhiều chiều dài tiếp theo LX mà
tự động được cộng thêm vào và được nhân với
chiều cao H. Điều kiện để tính toán đúng diện tích,
là chiều dài đã đo đầu tiên (trong ví dụ chiều cao
phòng H) phải đồng nhất đối với tất cả các phần
diện tích.

Chức năng khoanh cọc (xem hình G)

Chức năng khoanh cọc sẽ đo lại nhiều lần chiều
dài xác định (khoảng cách). Những chiều dài này
có thể được chuyển thành bề mặt, để cho phép cắt
nguyên liệu thành miếng dài bằng nhau hoặc tạo
các tường ngăn phụ dạng vách thạch cao. Chiều
dài tối thiểu có thể thiết lập là 0,1 m, chiều dài tối
đa là 50 m.

Hướng dẫn: Khoảng cách tới đánh dấu trong màn
hiển thị được hiển thị trong chức năng phân ra.
Điểm tham chiếu không phải là cạnh của dụng cụ
đo.

Hãy chọn chức năng khoanh cọc .
Thiết lập chiều dài mong muốn bằng nút (4) [+]

hoặc nút (11) [–].
Khởi động chức năng khoanh cọc bằng cách nhấn

nút đo (2) [ ], và từ từ dịch ra xa nút điểm khởi
đầu.

Tiếng Việt | 65

Dụng cụ đo tiếp tục đo khoảng cách tới
điểm khởi đầu. Khi đó chiều dài xác
định cũng như giá tị đo hiện tại sẽ được
hiển thị. Các mũi tên trên và dưới cho
thấy khoảng cách nhỏ nhất đến ký hiệu
đánh dấu kế tiếp hoặc trước đó.

Hướng dẫn: Khi tiếp tục đo bạn có thể đặt một giá
trị đo được làm chiều dài xác định bằng cách nhấn
và giữ nút đo (2) [ ].

Hệ số bên trái chỉ ra chiều dài xác định
đã đạt được bao nhiêu lần. Các mũi tên
màu xanh lá ở hai bên của màn hình
hiển thị cho biết chiều dài đạt được cho
mục đích đánh dấu.

Các mũi tên đỏ hoặc nhãn màu đỏ hiển thị giá trị
thực, nếu giá trị chuẩn nằm ngoài màn hiển thị.

Đo độ dốc/Ống bọt nước kỹ thuật số

Hãy chọn đo độ nghiêng/ống bọt nước kỹ thuật số

.

Dụng cụ đo tự động chuyển mạch giữa hai trạng
thái.

Ống bọt nước kỹ thuật số được sử dụng
để kiểm tra các hướng nằm ngang hoặc
thẳng đứng của một đối tượng (ví dụ
như máy giặt, tủ lạnh, vv).

Khi độ nghiêng 3° bị vượt quá, hình
cầu trong màn hình hiển thị chiếu sáng

màu đỏ.
Cạnh dưới của dụng cụ đo được dùng làm mặt

phẳng tham chiếu cho ống bọt nước kỹ thuật số.

Đo độ nghiêng được sử dụng để đo độ
đốc hoặc độ nghiêng (ví dụ như cầu
thang, tay vịn cầu thang, khi khớp các
đồ gỗ, khi lắp đặt ống, vv).

Cạnh trái của dụng cụ đo được dùng

làm mặt phẳng tham chiếu để đo độ
nghiêng. Khi chỉ thị báo sáng lên trong quá trình đo
là do dụng cụ đo bị kéo nghiêng quá nhiều ở chiều
bên kia.

Chức Năng Bộ Nhớ

Giá trị hoặc kết quả cuối cùng của mỗi lần đo xong
sẽ được lưu trữ tự động.

Hiển thị giá trị bộ nhớ

Có thể xem lại tối đa kết quả của 50 phép đo (giá
trị đo được).

Bấm nút (12) [ ] để chọn chức năng bộ nhớ

Thứ tự kết quả đo được hiển thị ở phía

trên màn hình, bên dưới là giá trị và

chức năng đo tương ứng.

Bấm nút(4) [+] để xem các kết quả đo

trước đó.

Bấm nút(11) [–] để xem các kết quả đo
sau đó.

Nếu không có phép đo nào được lưu trong bộ nhớ,
phía dưới của màn hình hiển thị "0.000" và phía
trên hiển thị "0".

Bosch Power Tools 1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020)

66 | Tiếng Việt

2

09.06.2017
13:20:23

0.0º

55.049 m

2

m

2

51.300
m

3.749

+

Phép đo cũ nhất được lưu ở vị trí số 1 trong bộ nhớ,
phép đo gần đây nhất được lưu ở vị trí số 50 (với
50 giá trị có thể được lưu). Khi bộ nhớ đã đầy, nếu
thực hiện lưu một phép đo tiếp theo, phép đo được
lưu cũ nhất trong bộ nhớ sẽ bị xóa để thay thế.

Xóa lưu trong Bộ Nhớ

Để mở bộ nhớ hãy nhấn nút bấm mềm (12) [ ].
Để xóa giá trị đo theo trình tự ngược lại hãy nhấn
liên tục như mong muốn vào nút bấm mềm (3) [ ].
Để xóa toàn bộ nội dung bộ nhớ hãy nhấn nút bấm
mềm (3) [ ] và nút thu phóng (5).

Cộng/trừ các giá trị

Các giá trị đo hoặc kết quả cuối cùng có thể được
cộng vào hoặc bị trừ.

Cộng các giá trị

Ví dụ sau đây mô tả cộng diện tích: Hãy xác định
diện tích theo đoạn „Đo Diện Tích“ (xem „Đo Diện
Tích“, Trang64).

Nhấn nút (4) [+]. Diện tích đã tính và
biểu tượng „+“ được hiển thị. Nhấn nút
đo (2) [ ], để khởi động phép đo diện
tích tiếp theo. Xác định diện tích theo
phần „Đo diện tích“ (xem „Đo Diện

Tích“, Trang64). Ngay khi phép đo thứ
hai hoàn thành, kết quả của phép đo diện tích thứ
hai sẽ được hiển thị ở bên dưới màn hình. Để hiển
thị kết quả cuối cùng, hãy nhấn lại nút đo (2) [ ].

Hướng dẫn: Nếu là phép đo chiều dài, kết quả
cuối cùng sẽ được hiển thị ngay lập tức.

Trừ các giá trị

Để trừ các giá trị hãy nhấn nút (11) [–]. Quy trình
tiếp theo tương tự như „Cộng các giá trị“.

Xóa Trị Số Đo

Bằng việc nhấn nhanh nút Xóa Bật-tắt (9) [ ] kết
quả đo đơn mới nhất sẽ được xóa, áp dụng cho tất
cả các chức năng đo.

Giao diện

Truyền dữ liệu sang các thiết bị khác

Máy đo được trang bị một mô-đun
kỹ thuật sóng vô tuyến cho phép truyền dữ liệu tới
các thiết bị di động đầu cuối với giao diện

Bluetooth®

bảng).
Các thông tin về điều kiện hệ thống cần thiết cho

việc kết nối
Web của Bosch theo địa chỉ www.bosch-pt.com.

u Thông tin tiếp theo xin vui lòng tìm trên trang

sản phẩm Bosch.

Khi truyền giữ liệu thông qua
xuất hiện thời gian ngưng (time delay) giữa thiết bị
di động đầu cuối và máy đo. Điều này có thể là do
khoảng cách giữa hai thiết bị với nhau hoặc do
chính đối tượng đo.

Bluetooth

®

Bluetooth®

nhờ

(ví dụ điện thoại thông minh, máy tính

Bluetooth

®

có thể tìm thấy trên trang

Bluetooth®

có thể sẽ

Kích hoạt giao diện

Bluetooth

® để truyền dữ

liệu tới một thiết bị di động đầu cuối

Kích hoạt giao diện

Bluetooth®

được thực hiện

trong các cài đặt. Để kích hoạt các tín hiệu

Bluetooth®

rằng, giao diện

hãy nhấn nút (4) [+]. Hãy chắc chắn

Bluetooth®

trên thiết bị di động đầu

cuối của bạn đã được kích hoạt.
Các ứng dụng đặc biệt (Apps) „Measuring Master“

của Bosch luôn có sẵn để trợ giúp việc mở rộng
phạm vi chức năng của thiết bị di động đầu cuối và
đơn giản hóa việc xử lý dữ liệu. Bạn có thể tải nó
tùy theo thiết bị đầu cuối trong kho tương ứng.

Sau khi khởi động ứng dụng Bosch, hãy thiết lập
kết nối giữa thiết bị đầu cuối và máy đo. Nếu phát
hiện nhiều dụng cụ đo đã kích hoạt, hãy chọn dụng
cụ đo phù hợp dựa theo số seri. Số seri (15) bạn
hãy tìm trên nhãn thông tin nhận dạng dụng cụ đo.

Trạng thái kết nối cũng như kết nối đang hoạt động
(f) sẽ được hiển thị trong màn hiển thị (1) của dụng
cụ đo.

Bỏ kích hoạt giao diện

Bỏ kích hoạt kết nối

Bluetooth

Bluetooth®

®

được thực hiện

trong các cài đặt. Để bỏ kích hoạt tín hiệu

Bluetooth®

hãy nhấn nút (11) [–] hoặc tắt dụng cụ

đo.

Hướng Dẫn Sử Dụng

u Thông tin tiếp theo xin vui lòng tìm trên trang

sản phẩm Bosch.

u Máy đo được trang bị một giao diện sóng vô

tuyến. Hãy chú ý các giới hạn địa điểm hoạt
động ví dụ như trên máy bay hoặc bệnh viện.

Thông Tin Tổng Quát

Ống kính thu nhận (18), đầu ra của tia laser (19) và
camera (20) không được bị che khi đo.

Không được di chuyển dụng cụ đo trong quá trình
đo. Vì vậy, bạn phải đặt dụng cụ đo lên một bề mặt
chuẩn hoặc mặt đỡ.

Những Tác Động Ảnh Hưởng Đến Khoảng Đo

Phạm vi đo hiệu quả phụ thuộc vào tình trạng ánh
sáng và đặc tính phản xạ ánh sáng của bề mặt đối
tượng. Hãy sử dụng camera được tích hợp (20),
kính nhìn tia laser (26) (Phụ kiện) và bảng đích
laser (25) (Phụ kiện) để cải thiện độ rõ của tia laser
với ánh sáng từ bên ngoài, hoặc làm cho bề mặt
đối tượng không hoạt động.

Những Tác Động Ảnh Hưởng Đến Kết Quả Đo

Do tác động vật lý, không thể tránh khỏi sự đo đạc
bị sai khi đo những bề mặt khác nhau. Bao gồm
các nguyên nhân sau đây:

– bề mặt trong suốt (ví dụ kính, nước),

1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020) Bosch Power Tools

– bề mặt phản chiếu (ví dụ thép mài nhẵn, kính),
– bề mặt rỗ (ví dụ kính, vật liệu cách nhiệt)
– bề mặt có kết cấu (ví dụ vữa nhám, đá tự nhiên).
Hãy sử dụng bảng đối tượng của tia laser (25) (phụ

kiện) trên các bề mặt này nếu cần.
Thêm vào đó, sự đo sai cũng có thể xảy ra khi

nhắm bề mặt một mục tiêu dốc nghiêng.
Cũng vậy, các tầng không khí có nhiệt độ thay đổi

hay tiếp nhận sự phản chiếu gián tiếp có thể tác
động đến trị số đo.

Kiểm tra độ chính xác và hiệu chỉnh đo độ dốc (xem hình H)

Thường xuyên kiểm tra độ chính xác của đo độ
dốc. Việc này được thực hiện bằng phép đo đường
bao. Hãy đặt dụng cụ đo lên bàn và đo độ dốc. Hãy
xoay dụng cụ đo 180° và đo lại độ đốc. Độ sai
khác của giá trị được hiển thị tối đa là 0,3°.

Đối với độ sai lệch lớn hơn bạn phải hiệu chuẩn lại
dụng cụ đo. Lựa chọn trong các cài đặt thiết bị.

Làm theo các hướng dẫn trên màn hình hiển thị.
Sau những thay đổi mạnh về nhiệt độ và sau

những sự va chạm, cần phải kiểm độ chính xác và
nếu có thể hãy hiệu chỉnh máy. Sau khi có sự thay
đổi về nhiệt độ máy đo phải được giảm nhiệt/làm
mát trong thời gian nhất định trước khi hiệu chỉnh.

Kiểm tra độ chính xác của việc đo khoảng cách

Sự chính xác của dụng cụ đo có thể được kiểm tra
như sau:

– Chọn một khu vực cố định, không thay đổi để đo,

có chiều dài khoảng từ 3 đấn 10m; chiều dài
của khu vực này phải được biết rõ chính xác (vd.
chiều rộng của một căn phòng hay một khung
cửa). Phép đo phải được thực hiện trong điều
kiện thuận lợi, tức là khoảng cách đo phải ở
trong phòng với ánh sáng nền yếu và bề mặt đối
tượng của phép đo phải trơn nhẵn đồng thời có

độ phản xạ tốt (ví dụ một bức tường sơn trắng).
– Đo khoảng cách 10 lần liên tiếp.
Sai lệch của các phép đo riêng biệt so với giá trị

trung bình được vượt quá ±2mm tổng khoảng cách
đo trong điều kiện thuận lợi. Ghi lại các phép đo để
sau này có thể so sánh độ chính xác của các phép
đo.

Kiểm tra độ chính xác và hiệu chỉnh hiển thị đích (Đường chữ thập)

Thường xuyên kiểm tra độ chính xác của hướng
laser và hiển thị đích.

– Hãy chọn bề mặt sáng, được chiếu sáng yếu (ví

dụ bức tường sơn trắng) ở khoảng cách tối thiểu

5 m để làm đích.
– Hãy kiểm tra xem điểm laser có nằm trong hiển

thị đích trên màn hiển thị không.

Tiếng Việt | 67

Nếu điểm laser không nằm trong hiển thị đích, bạn
phải hiệu chỉnh lại hiển thị đích.

Lựa chọn trong các cài đặt thiết bị. Làm theo các
hướng dẫn trên màn hình hiển thị.

Ở khoảng cách dài hơn (hơn năm mét), một đánh
dấu cũng được hiện để đánh dấu điểm đo.

Sử dụng giá đỡ ba chân (phụ kiện)

Sử dụng giá ba chân là đặc biệt cần thiết cho
khoảng cách lớn. Hãy đặt máy đo có ren 1/4" (17)
lên đĩa nhả hãm nhanh của giá ba chân (27) hoặc
một chiếc giá ba chân của máy ảnh thông thường.
Bắt chặt dụng cụ đo bằng vít khóa của mâm đỡ
thay nhanh.

Hãy cài đặt mặt phẳng tham chiếu cho các phép đo
bằng giá đỡ ba chân trong các cài đặt (Mặt phẳng
tham chiếu giá đỡ ba chân).

Lỗi – Nguyên nhân và biện pháp khắc phục

Nguyên nhân Biện Pháp Sửa Chữa

Cảnh báo nhiệt độ nhấp nháy, không thể thực
hiện đo

Dụng cụ đo ở ngoài
nhiệt độ làm việc từ –10
°C đến +45 °C (trong
chức năng đo liên tục là
tới +40 °C).

Hiện ra chữ „ERROR“ trên màn hình

Cọng/Trừ trị số đo bằng
một đơn vị đo lường
khác nhau

Góc nằm giữa luồng
laze và mục tiêu quá
nhọn.

Bề mặt đối tượng phản
xạ quá mạnh (ví dụ
gương), hoặc ánh sáng
xung quanh quá mạnh.

Đầu ra tia laser (19), ống
kính thu nhận (18) hoặc
camera (20) bị phủ
sương (ví dụ do thay đổi
nhiệt độ nhanh chóng).

Kết quả đo được tính sẽ
lớn hơn 1 999 999 hoặc
nhỏ hơn –999 999 m/m2/
m3.

Hiển thị „CAL“ và hiển thị „ERROR“ trong màn
hình

Sự hiệu chuẩn của phép
đo độ dốc không được
thực hiện đúng theo

Đợi cho đến khi dụng cụ
đo về lại nhiệt độ hoạt
động cho phép.

Chỉ cộng/ trừ trị số đo
bằng cùng một đơn vị đo
lường như nhau

Mở rộng góc nằm giữa
luồng laze và mục tiêu.

Sử dụng bảng đối tượng
của tia laser (25) (Phụ
kiện)

Với khăn mềm hãy lau
khô đầu ra tia laser (19),
ống kính thu nhận (18)
hoặc camera (20)

Chia sự tính toán thành
các bước trung gian.

Lập lại sự hiểu chuẩn
dựa trên các hướng dẫn
trên màn hiển thị và

Bosch Power Tools 1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020)

68 | Tiếng Việt

Nguyên nhân Biện Pháp Sửa Chữa

trình tự hay đúng vào
các vị trí.

Bề mặt sử dụng để hiệu
chuẩn không thật sự
đồng vị chính xác
(đường ngang và thẳng
đứng).

Dụng cụ đo bị chuyển
dịch hay nghiêng xuống
trong khi nhấn nút.

Kết quả đo không hợp lý

Bề mặt đối tượng không
phản chiếu rõ ràng (ví
dụ nước, kính).

Đầu ra tia laser (19)
hoặc ống kính thu nhận
(18) hoặc camera (20) bị
che.

Chỉnh đặt sai điểm xuất
phát chuẩn.

Chướng ngại vật trên
đường đi của luồng laze.

Bluetooth®

Pin quá yếu. Thay pin

Không có kết nối

Nhiễu kết nối

không thể kích hoạt

Bluetooth®

trong các hướng dẫn
hoạt động.

Lập lại sự hiệu chuẩn
trên bề mặt ngang hay
thẳng đứng; nếu cần,
kiểm tra bề mặt trước
bằng cân thủy.

Lập lại sự hiệu chuẩn và
giữ dụng cụ đo ở nguyên
vị trí trong khi nhấn nút.

Bề mặt mục tiêu bị che
phủ.

Giữ thoáng đầu ra tia
laser (19), ống kính thu
nhận (18) hoặc camera
(20).

Chọn điểm xuất phát
chuẩn tương ứng với
cách đo đạt.

Điểm chiếu laze phải
đến mục tiêu được thông
suốt.

Bluetooth®

Hãy tắt

Bluetooth®

dụng cụ đo và trên thiết
bị đầu cuối di động và
bật lại.

Kiểm tra ứng dụng trên
thiết bị di động đầu cuối
đang được dùng.

Kiểm tra xem, liệu

Bluetooth®

và thiết bị di động đầu
cuối có được kích hoạt
hay không.

Kiểm tra mức quá tải
của thiết bị di động đầu
cuối đó.

Rút ngắn khoảng cách
giữa máy đo và thiết bị
di động đầu cuối đang
dùng.

Tránh các vật cản (ví dụ,
bê tông cốt thép, cửa
kim loại) giữa máy đo và
thiết bị đầu cuối đang
dùng. Giữ khoảng cách
với nguồn gây nhiễu

trên

giữa máy đo

Nguyên nhân Biện Pháp Sửa Chữa

điện từ (ví dụ trạm phát
Wifi).

Dụng cụ đo kiểm soát độ chính xác của
mỗi phép đo. Nếu lỗi được phát hiện,
màn hình chỉ hiển thị biểu tượng ở bên
cạnh. Trong trường hợp này, hoặc nếu

các biện pháp khắc phục nêu trên
không thể loại bỏ lỗi, xin hãy chuyển dụng cụ đo
đến bộ phận dịch vụ khách hàng của Bosch thông
qua đại lý bán hàng của bạn.

Bảo Dưỡng và Bảo Quản

Bảo Dưỡng Và Làm Sạch

Luôn luôn giữ cho dụng cụ đo thật sạch sẽ.
Không được nhúng dụng cụ đo vào trong nước hay

các chất lỏng khác.
Lau sạch bụi bẩn bằng một mảnh vải mềm và ẩm.

Không được sử dụng chất tẩy rửa.
Làm sạch ống kính thu nhận (18), các đầu ra tia

laser (19) và camera (20) thật cẩn thận: Đảm bảo
rằng không có bụi bẩn trên ống kính thu nhận, đầu
ra tia laser và camera. Chỉ làm sạch ống kính thu,
đầu ra tia laser và camera bằng các chất thích hợp
cho ống kính máy ảnh. Không thử dùng vật nhọn
để lấy chất bẩn khỏi ống kính thu, đầu ra tia laser
hoặc camera, và không lau qua đó (nguy cơ gây
xước).

Trong trường hợp cần sửa chữa, hãy gửi dụng cụ
đo trong túi bảo vệ (23).

Dịch vụ hỗ trợ khách hàng và tư vấn sử dụng

Bộ phận phục vụ hàng sau khi bán của chúng tôi
trả lời các câu hỏi liên quan đến việc bảo dưỡng và
sửa chữa các sản phẩm cũng như phụ tùng thay
thế của bạn. Sơ đồ mô tả và thông tin về phụ tùng
thay thế cũng có thể tra cứu theo dưới đây:

www.bosch-pt.com

Đội ngũ tư vấn sử dụng của Bosch sẽ giúp bạn giải
đáp các thắc mắc về sản phẩm và phụ kiện.

Trong tất cả các phản hồi và đơn đặt phụ tùng, xin
vui lòng luôn luôn nhập số hàng hóa 10 chữ số
theo nhãn của hàng hóa.

Việt Nam

CN CÔNG TY TNHH BOSCH VIÊT NAM TAI
TP.HCM
Tâng 14, Ngôi Nhà Đức, 33 Lê Duẩn
Phương Bến Nghé, Quân 1, Thanh Phô Hô Chi
Minh
Tel.: [phone]
Fax: [phone]
Hotline: [phone]
Email: [e-mail]

1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020) Bosch Power Tools

www.bosch-pt.com.vn
www.baohanhbosch-pt.com.vn

Xem thêm địa chỉ dịch vụ tại:

www.bosch-pt.com/serviceaddresses

Sự thải bỏ

Dụng cụ đo, phụ kiện và bao bì phải được phân
loại để tái chế theo hướng thân thiện với môi
trường.

Không vứt dụng cụ đo và pin cùng trong
rác thải của gia đình!

Tiếng Việt | 69

Bosch Power Tools 1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020)

70 |

Licenses

Copyright © 2016–2019 STMicroelectronics

All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following con-

ditions are met:

– Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
– Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclai-

mer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.

– Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products de-

rived from this software without specific prior written permission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR
ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMI­TED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTER­RUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (IN­CLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF
THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

Copyright © 2009–2016 ARM LIMITED

All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following con-

ditions are met:

– Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
– Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclai-

mer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.

– Neither the name of ARM nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this

software without specific prior written permission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR
ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMI­TED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTER­RUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (IN­CLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF
THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

1 609 92A 62J | (22.09.2020) Bosch Power Tools